SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P OF ALLMERICA FIN LIFE INSUR & ANNU CO
N-4/A, 1998-12-08
Previous: WESTERN WIRELESS CORP, 4, 1998-12-08
Next: DAVIS INTERNATIONAL SERIES INC, N-30D, 1998-12-08



<PAGE>
   
                                                             File No. 333-64831
                                                                       --------
                                                                       811-8848
    

                         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington, D.C. 20549
                                          
                                      FORM N-4
   
              REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1

          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                                  Amendment No. 12
    
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P OF
               ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
                             (Exact Name of Registrant)
                                          
               ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY 
                                (Name of Depositor)
                                 440 Lincoln Street
                                Worcester, MA 01653
                (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices)
                                   (508) 855-1000
                (Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code)
                                          
                    Abigail M. Armstrong, Secretary and Counsel
               Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
                                 440 Lincoln Street
                                Worcester, MA 01653
                 (Name and Address of Agent for Service of Process)

                It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
     
                 immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
           -----
                 on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
           -----
                 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) (1) of Rule 485
           -----
                 on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a) (1) of Rule 485
           -----
                 this post-effective amendment designates a new effective
           ----- date for a previously filed post-effective amendment

                              VARIABLE ANNUITY POLICIES

Pursuant to Reg. Section 270.24f-2 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 
("1940 Act"), Registrant hereby declares that an indefinite amount of its 
securities is being registered under the Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act"). 
No filing fee is submitted as a filing fee is not required for this type of 
filing.

Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as 
may be necessary to delay its effective date until Registrant shall file a 
further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement 
shall become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act 
of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such 
date or dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may 
determine.

<PAGE>
   
    
              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET SHOWING LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS OF
                            ITEMS CALLED FOR BY FORM N-4

FORM N-4 ITEM NO.        CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS
- -----------------        ---------------------

1. . . . . . . . . . .   Cover Page

2. . . . . . . . . . .   Special Terms

3. . . . . . . . . . .   Summary; Annual and Transaction Expenses

4. . . . . . . . . . .   Condensed Financial Information;  Performance
                         Information

5. . . . . . . . . . .   Description of the Companies, the Variable Account, 
                         and Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust

6. . . . . . . . . . .   Charges and Deductions

7. . . . . . . . . . .   Description of the Contract

8. . . . . . . . . . .   Electing the Form of Annuity and the Annuity Date; 
                         Description of Variable Annuity Payout Options;
                         Annuity Benefit Payments

9. . . . . . . . . . .   Death Benefit

10 . . . . . . . . . .   Payments; Computation of Values; Distribution

11 . . . . . . . . . .   Surrender; Withdrawals; Texas Optional Retirement 
                         Program

12 . . . . . . . . . .   Federal Tax Considerations

13 . . . . . . . . . .   Legal Matters

14 . . . . . . . . . .   Statement of Additional Information - Table of Contents

FORM N-4 ITEM NO.        CAPTION IN STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
- -----------------        ----------------------------------------------

15 . . . . . . . . . .   Cover Page

16 . . . . . . . . . .   Table of Contents

17 . . . . . . . . . .   General Information and History

18 . . . . . . . . . .   Services

19 . . . . . . . . . .   Underwriters

20 . . . . . . . . . .   Underwriters

<PAGE>

21 . . . . . . . . . .   Performance Information

22 . . . . . . . . . .   Annuity Benefit Payments

23 . . . . . . . . . .   Financial Statements

<PAGE>
ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE
AND ANNUITY COMPANY
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY
 
                                                                PIONEER C-VISION
 
PROFILE             THIS PROFILE IS A SUMMARY OF SOME OF THE MORE IMPORTANT
        , 1998      POINTS THAT YOU SHOULD KNOW AND CONSIDER BEFORE PURCHASING
                    THE PIONEER C-VISION VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT. THE CONTRACT
                    IS MORE FULLY DESCRIBED LATER IN THIS PROSPECTUS. PLEASE
                    READ THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY.
 
1. THE PIONEER C-VISION VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
 
The Pioneer C-Vision variable annuity contract is a contract between you, the
owner, and Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company (for contracts
issued in the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands and any
state except Hawaii and New York) or First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Company (for contracts issued in Hawaii and New York). It is designed to help
you accumulate assets for your retirement or other important financial goals on
a tax-deferred basis. The Pioneer C-Vision contract combines the concept of
professional money management with the attributes of an annuity contract.
 
   
Pioneer C-Vision offers a diverse selection of investment portfolios. You may
allocate your payments among any of twelve investment portfolios of the Pioneer
Variable Contracts Trust, the Guarantee Period Accounts and the Fixed Account
(the Guarantee Period Accounts and/or the Fixed Account may not be available in
certain jurisdictions.) This range of investment choices enables you to allocate
your money to meet your particular investment needs.
    
 
Like all annuities, the contract has an ACCUMULATION PHASE and an ANNUITY PAYOUT
PHASE. During the ACCUMULATION PHASE you can make payments into the contract on
any frequency. Investment and interest gains accumulate tax deferred. You may
withdraw money from your contract during the ACCUMULATION PHASE. However, as
with other tax-deferred investments, you pay taxes on earnings and any untaxed
payments to the contract when you withdraw them. A federal tax penalty may apply
if you withdraw money prior to age 59 1/2.
 
During the ANNUITY PAYOUT PHASE you, or the payee you designate, will receive
regular annuity benefit payments from your contract, provided you annuitize.
Annuitization involves beginning a series of payments from the capital that has
built up in your contract. The amount of your payments during the annuity payout
phase will, in part, be determined by your contract's growth during the
accumulation phase.
 
2. ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS
 
   
If you choose to annuitize your contract, you may select one of six annuity
options: (1) monthly payments guaranteed for the annuitant's lifetime; (2)
monthly payments guaranteed for the annuitant's lifetime, but for not less than
10 years; (3) monthly payments for the annuitant's lifetime with the guarantee
that, if payments are less than the accumulated value, a refund of the remaining
value will be paid; (4) monthly payments guaranteed for the annuitant's lifetime
and one other indvidual's (i.e. the beneficiary or a joint annuitant) lifetime;
(5) monthly payments guaranteed for the annuitant's lifetime and one other
individual's lifetime with the payment during the lifetime of the survivor being
reduced to 2/3; and (6) monthly payments guaranteed for a specified period of 1
to 30 years.
    
 
You also need to decide if you want your annuity payments on a variable basis
(i.e., subject to fluctuation based on investment performance), on a fixed basis
(with benefit payments guaranteed at a fixed amount), or on a combination
variable and fixed basis. Once payments begin, the annuity option cannot be
changed.
 
                                      P-1
<PAGE>
3. PURCHASING THIS CONTRACT
 
You can buy a contract through your financial representative, who can also help
you complete the proper forms. There is no fixed schedule for making payments
into this contract. Payments are not limited as to frequency, but there are
certain limitations as to amount. Currently, the initial payment must be at
least $25,000 and each subsequent investment must be at least $100.
 
4. INVESTMENT OPTIONS
 
You have full investment control over the contract. You may allocate and
transfer money among the following investment options:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio  Equity-Income Portfolio
International Growth        Balanced Portfolio
Portfolio
Europe Portfolio            Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio
Capital Growth Portfolio    America Income Portfolio
Growth Shares Portfolio     Money Market Portfolio
Real Estate Growth          Guarantee Period Accounts
Portfolio
Growth and Income           Fixed Account
Portfolio
</TABLE>
    
 
The Guarantee Period Accounts let you choose from among several different
Guarantee Periods during which principal and interest rates are guaranteed. The
Fixed Account guarantees principal and a minimum rate of interest (never less
than 3% compounded annually).
 
5. EXPENSES
 
   
Each year and upon surrender, a $35 contract fee is deducted from your contract.
The contract fee is waived if the value of the contract is $75,000 or more.
(This fee may vary by state. See your contract for more information.) We also
deduct insurance charges which amount to 1.40% annually of the daily value of
your contract value allocated to the variable investment options. These
insurance charges include a mortality and expense risk charge of 1.25% and an
administrative expense charge of 0.15%. There are also investment management
fees and other portfolio operating expenses that vary by portfolio.
    
 
   
In states where premium taxes are imposed, a premium tax charge will be deducted
either when withdrawals are made or annuity payments commence. However, the
Company reserves the right to deduct the premium tax charge at the time payments
into the contract are received.
    
 
There is currently no charge for transfers between investment options. We
reserve the right to assess a charge, not to exceed $25, for transfers in excess
of 12 per year.
 
The following chart is designed to help you understand the charges in your
contract. The column "Total Annual Charges" shows the total of the contract fee
(which is represented as 0.04%), the 1.40% insurance charges and the investment
charges for each portfolio. The next two columns show two examples of the
charges, in dollar amounts, you would pay under a contract. The examples assume
that you invested $1,000 in a portfolio earning 5% annually and that you
withdraw your money: (1) at the end of year 1, and (2) at the end of year 10.
For year 1, the Total Annual Charges are assessed for one year. For year 10, the
example shows the aggregate of all the annual charges assessed for 10 years. The
premium tax is assumed to be 0% in both
 
                                      P-2
<PAGE>
examples. The chart does not reflect the optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider
charge of 0.25% which, if elected, would increase expenses.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  EXAMPLES:
                                                                                                           TOTAL ANNUAL EXPENSES AT
                                                                                                                    END OF
                                                            TOTAL ANNUAL     TOTAL ANNUAL                  ------------------------
                                                              INSURANCE        PORTFOLIO     TOTAL ANNUAL      (1)          (2)
PORTFOLIO                                                      CHARGES         EXPENSES*       CHARGES       1 YEAR      10 YEARS
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                        <C>              <C>              <C>           <C>          <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio                                         1.44%           1.68%           3.12%    $      31    $     340
International Growth Portfolio                                     1.44%           1.48%           2.92%    $      29    $     321
Europe Portfolio                                                   1.44%           1.48%           2.92%    $      29    $     321
Capital Growth Portfolio                                           1.44%           0.79%           2.23%    $      22    $     253
Growth Shares Portfolio                                            1.44%           1.25%           2.69%    $      27    $     299
Real Estate Growth Portfolio                                       1.44%           1.24%           2.68%    $      27    $     298
Growth and Income Portfolio                                        1.44%           1.25%           2.69%    $      27    $     299
Equity-Income Portfolio                                            1.44%           0.77%           2.21%    $      22    $     251
Balanced Portfolio                                                 1.44%           0.95%           2.39%    $      24    $     269
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio                                         1.44%           1.22%           2.66%    $      27    $     296
America Income Portfolio                                           1.44%           1.23%           2.67%    $      27    $     297
Money Market Portfolio                                             1.44%           0.99%           2.43%    $      24    $     273
</TABLE>
    
 
The above insurance charges include the annual contract fee (which is
represented as 0.04%).
 
   
*Portfolio expenses are estimated for the Growth Shares and Growth and Income
Portfolios which commenced operations on October 31, 1997 and for the Emerging
Markets and Europe Portfolios which commenced operations on October 30, 1998. In
addition, Pioneering Management Corporation has agreed voluntarily to waive its
management fee and/or make other arrangements, if necessary, to reduce portfolio
expenses. For more information, see the Fee Table in the Prospectus for the
Contract.
    
 
6. TAXES
 
You will not pay taxes until you withdraw money from your contract under current
tax rules. During the accumulation phase, earnings are withdrawn first and are
taxed as ordinary income. If you make a withdrawal prior to age 59 1/2, you may
be subject to a 10% federal tax penalty on the earnings. Payments during the
annuity payout phase are considered partly a return of your investment and
partly earnings. You will be subject to income taxes on the earnings portion of
each payment. However, if your contract is funded with pre-tax or tax deductible
dollars (such as a pension or profit sharing plan contribution), then the entire
payment will be taxable.
 
7. WITHDRAWALS
 
You can withdraw money from your contract at any time during the accumulation
phase. The minimum withdrawal amount is $100.
 
Any withdrawal from a Guarantee Period Account ("GPA") prior to the end of the
guarantee period will be subject to a market value adjustment which may increase
or decrease the value in the account. This adjustment will never impact your
original investment, nor will earnings in the GPA amount to less than an
effective annual rate of 3%.
 
8. PERFORMANCE
 
The following chart illustrates past returns for the portfolios since the
inception of each Sub-Account that has been in existence for a complete calendar
year. The performance figures reflect the contract fee, the insurance
 
                                      P-3
<PAGE>
charges, the investment charges and all other expenses of the portfolio. They do
not reflect the optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider charge of 0.25% which, if
elected, would reduce such performance. Please note that past performance is not
a guarantee of future results.
 
ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           CALENDAR YEARS
                                                                                      ------------------------
PORTFOLIO                                                                                1997         1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio                                                                    N/A          N/A
International Growth Portfolio                                                              3.38%        6.98%
Europe Portfolio                                                                              N/A          N/A
Capital Growth Portfolio                                                                   22.94%       13.38%
Growth Shares Portfolio                                                                       N/A          N/A
Real Estate Growth Portfolio                                                               19.46%       33.80%
Growth and Income Portfolio                                                                   N/A          N/A
Equity-Income Portfolio                                                                    33.33%       13.53%
Balanced Portfolio                                                                         15.50%       12.62%
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio                                                                 -8.25%      -12.11%
America Income Portfolio                                                                    6.91%       -0.17%
Money Market Portfolio                                                                      3.16%        3.00%
</TABLE>
    
 
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     CALENDAR YEAR
PORTFOLIO                                                                                                1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio                                                                                     N/A
International Growth Portfolio                                                                               3.38%
Europe Portfolio                                                                                               N/A
Capital Growth Portfolio                                                                                    22.94%
Growth Shares Portfolio                                                                                        N/A
Real Estate Growth Portfolio                                                                                19.47%
Growth and Income Portfolio                                                                                    N/A
Equity-Income Portfolio                                                                                     33.34%
Balanced Portfolio                                                                                          15.50%
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio                                                                                  -8.25%
America Income Portfolio                                                                                     6.91%
Money Market Portfolio                                                                                       3.15%
</TABLE>
    
 
9. DEATH BENEFIT
 
If you, a joint owner or (in the event that the owner is a non-natural person)
an annuitant dies during the accumulation phase, we will pay the beneficiary a
death benefit. The death benefit is equal to the greater of: (a) the accumulated
value increased by any positive market value adjustment; or (b) gross payments,
decreased proportionately to reflect withdrawals. You may also purchase a rider
that will enhance the death benefit (see "Optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider"
below).
 
10. OTHER INFORMATION
 
OPTIONAL ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER:  This optional rider is available for a
separate monthly charge. Under this rider:
 
I. If an owner (or an annuitant if the owner is a non-natural person) dies
during the accumulation phase and before the oldest owner's 90th birthday, the
death benefit will be equal to the greatest of:
 
                                      P-4
<PAGE>
(a) the accumulated value increased by any positive market value adjustment (the
    "accumulated value"); or
 
   
(b) gross payments compounded daily at an annual rate of 5%, starting on the
    date each payment is applied, decreased proportionately to reflect
    withdrawals (5% compounding not available in Hawaii and New York); or
    
 
(c) the highest accumulated value of all contract anniversaries, as determined
    after the accumulated value of each contract anniversary is increased for
    subsequent payments and decreased proportionately for subsequent
    withdrawals.
 
The (c) value is determined on each contract anniversary. A snapshot is taken of
the current (a) value and compared to snapshots taken of the (a) value on all
prior contract anniversaries, AFTER all of the (a) values have been adjusted to
reflect subsequent payments and decreased proportionately for subsequent
withdrawals. The highest of all of these adjusted (a) values then becomes the
(c) value. This (c) value becomes the floor below which the death benefit will
not drop and is locked-in until the next contract anniversary. The values of (b)
and (c) will be decreased proportionately if withdrawals are taken.
 
II. If an owner (or an annuitant if the owner is a non-natural person) dies
during the accumulation phase but after the oldest owner's 90th birthday, the
death benefit will be equal to the greater of:
 
(a) the accumulated value increased by any positive market value adjustment; or
 
(b) the death benefit, as calculated under I, that would have been payable on
    the contract anniversary immediately prior to the oldest owner's 90th
    birthday, increased for subsequent payments and decreased proportionately
    for subsequent withdrawals.
 
FREE-LOOK PERIOD:  If you cancel your contract within 10 days after receiving it
(or whatever period is required by your state), you will receive a refund in
accordance with the terms of the contract's "Right to Examine" provision.
 
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING:  You may elect to automatically transfer money on a
periodic basis from the America Income Portfolio, Money Market Portfolio or
Fixed Account to one or more of the other investment options, except the Fixed
Account and the Guarantee Period Accounts.
 
AUTOMATIC ACCOUNT REBALANCING:  You may elect to automatically have your
contract's accumulated value periodically reallocated ("rebalanced") among your
chosen investment options to maintain your designated percentage allocation mix.
 
PROBATE FREE:  In most cases, the death benefit is payable to the beneficiary
you select without having to go through probate.
 
11. INQUIRIES
 
If you need more information about Pioneer C-Vision you may contact us at
1-800-688-9915 or send correspondence to:
 
       Pioneer C-Vision
       Allmerica Financial
       P.O. Box 8632
       Boston, MA 02266-8632
 
                                      P-5
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
                FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                            WORCESTER, MASSACHUSETTS
           DEFERRED COMBINATION VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
 
This Prospectus describes interests under flexible payment deferred combination
variable and fixed annuity contracts issued either on a group basis or as
individual contracts by Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
(for contracts issued in the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin
Islands and any state except Hawaii and New York) or by First Allmerica
Financial Life Insurance Company (for contracts issued in Hawaii and New York)
to individuals and businesses in connection with retirement plans which may or
may not qualify for special federal income tax treatment. (For information about
a contract's tax status when used with a particular type of plan, see "FEDERAL
TAX CONSIDERATIONS.") Unless otherwise specified, any reference to the "Company"
in this Prospectus shall refer exclusively to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
and Annuity Company for contracts issued in the District of Columbia, Puerto
Rico, the Virgin Islands and any state except Hawaii and New York and
exclusively to First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company for contracts
issued in Hawaii and New York. Participation in a group contract will be
accounted for by the issuance of a certificate describing the individual's
interest under the group contract. Participation in an individual contract will
be evidenced by the issuance of an individual contract. Certificates and
individual contracts are referred to herein collectively as the "Contract(s)."
The following is a summary of information about these Contracts. More detailed
information can be found under the referenced captions in this Prospectus.
 
Contract values may accumulate on a variable basis in the Contract's Variable
Account, known as Separate Account VA-P. The assets of the Variable Account are
divided into Sub-Accounts, each investing exclusively in shares of one of the
following Portfolios of the Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust ("the Fund"):
 
   
                           EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO
                         INTERNATIONAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                                EUROPE PORTFOLIO
                            CAPITAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                            GROWTH SHARES PORTFOLIO
                          REAL ESTATE GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                          GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO
                            EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO
                               BALANCED PORTFOLIO
                           SWISS FRANC BOND PORTFOLIO
                            AMERICA INCOME PORTFOLIO
                             MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
    
 
In most jurisdictions, values also may be allocated on a fixed basis to the
Fixed Account, which is part of the Company's General Account and, during the
accumulation period, to one or more of the Guarantee Period Accounts. Amounts
allocated to the Fixed Account earn interest at a guaranteed rate for one year
from the date allocated. Amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period Account earn a
fixed rate of interest for the duration of the applicable Guarantee Period. The
interest earned is guaranteed if held for the entire Guarantee Period. If
withdrawn or transferred prior to the end of the Guarantee Period, the value may
be increased or decreased by a Market Value Adjustment. Assets supporting
allocations to the Guarantee Period Accounts in the accumulation phase are held
in the Company's Separate Account GPA.
 
This Prospectus sets forth the information that a prospective investor ought to
know before investing. Additional information is contained in a Statement of
Additional Information dated         , 1998, filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission ("SEC") and incorporated herein by reference. The Table of
Contents of the Statement of Additional Information is on page 4 of this
Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") is available upon
request and without charge. To obtain the SAI, fill out and return the attached
request card or contact Annuity Client Services, telephone 1-800-688-9915. In
addition, the SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, that contains the SAI as
well as material incorporated by reference related to this Prospectus.
 
THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY A CURRENT PROSPECTUS OF
PIONEER VARIABLE CONTRACTS TRUST. INVESTORS SHOULD RETAIN A COPY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PASSED UPON
THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                              DATED         , 1998
<PAGE>
THE CONTRACTS ARE OBLIGATIONS OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY
COMPANY (FOR CONTACTS ISSUED IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA, PUERTO RICO, THE
VIRGIN ISLANDS AND ANY STATE EXCEPT HAWAII AND NEW YORK) OR OF FIRST ALLMERICA
FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (FOR CONTRACTS ISSUED IN HAWAII AND NEW YORK),
AND ARE DISTRIBUTED BY ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC. THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT
DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK OR CREDIT
UNION. THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT INSURED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION (FDIC), OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY. INVESTMENTS IN THE
CONTRACTS ARE SUBJECT TO VARIOUS RISKS, INCLUDING THE FLUCTUATION OF VALUE AND
POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.
 
THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE. NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS.................................          4
SPECIAL TERMS.........................................................................          5
SUMMARY...............................................................................          7
ANNUAL AND TRANSACTION EXPENSES.......................................................         12
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION.......................................................         15
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION...............................................................         17
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANIES, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT, AND PIONEER VARIABLE CONTRACTS
 TRUST................................................................................         20
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES....................................................         22
INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES..........................................................         23
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT...........................................................         23
  A. Payments.........................................................................         23
  B. Right to Cancel Individual Retirement Annuity....................................         24
  C. Right to Cancel All Other Contracts..............................................         24
  D. Transfer Privilege...............................................................         25
      Automatic Transfers and Automatic Account Rebalancing Options...................         25
  E. Surrender........................................................................         26
  F. Withdrawals......................................................................         27
      Systematic Withdrawals..........................................................         27
      Life Expectancy Distributions...................................................         27
  G. Death Benefit....................................................................         28
      Death of an Owner Prior to the Annuity Date.....................................         28
      Optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider...........................................         29
      Payment of the Death Benefit....................................................         29
  H. The Spouse of the Owner as Beneficiary...........................................         30
  I. Assignment.......................................................................         30
  J. Electing the Form of Annuity and the Annuity Date................................         30
  K. Description of Variable Annuity Payout Options...................................         31
  L. Annuity Benefit Payments.........................................................         32
      The Annuity Unit................................................................         32
      Determination of the First and Subsequent Annuity Benefit Payments..............         32
  M. NORRIS Decision..................................................................         33
  N. Computation of Values............................................................         33
      The Accumulation Unit...........................................................         33
      Net Investment Factor...........................................................         34
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS................................................................         34
  A. Variable Account Deductions......................................................         34
      Mortality and Expense Risk Charge...............................................         34
      Administrative Expense Charge...................................................         35
      Other Charges...................................................................         35
  B. Contract Fee.....................................................................         35
  C. Optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider Charge.....................................         35
  D. Premium Taxes....................................................................         36
  E. Transfer Charge..................................................................         36
GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS.............................................................         36
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS............................................................         38
  A. Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts............................................         39
  B. Taxation of the Contract in General..............................................         39
      Withdrawals Prior to Annuitization..............................................         40
      Annuity Payouts After Annuitization.............................................         40
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
      Penalty on Distribution.........................................................         40
      Assignments or Transfers........................................................         40
      Non-Natural Owners..............................................................         41
      Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Government and Tax-Exempt
       Organizations..................................................................         41
  C. Tax Withholding..................................................................         41
  D. Provisions Applicable to Qualified Employer Plans................................         41
      Corporate and Self-Employed Pension and Profit Sharing Plans....................         41
      Individual Retirement Annuities.................................................         42
      Tax-Sheltered Annuities.........................................................         42
      Texas Optional Retirement Program...............................................         42
REPORTS...............................................................................         42
LOANS (QUALIFIED CONTRACTS ONLY)......................................................         42
ADDITION, DELETION OR SUBSTITUTION OF INVESTMENTS.....................................         43
CHANGES TO COMPLY WITH LAW AND AMENDMENTS.............................................         44
VOTING RIGHTS.........................................................................         44
DISTRIBUTION..........................................................................         44
LEGAL MATTERS.........................................................................         45
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE..................................................................         45
FURTHER INFORMATION...................................................................         46
APPENDIX A -- MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT................................        A-1
APPENDIX B -- THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.............................................        B-1
APPENDIX C -- THE DEATH BENEFIT.......................................................        C-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY......................................................          2
TAXATION OF THE CONTRACTS, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND THE COMPANY......................          3
SERVICES.............................................................................          3
UNDERWRITERS.........................................................................          3
ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS.............................................................          4
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION..............................................................          7
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.................................................................        F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                 SPECIAL TERMS
 
ACCUMULATED VALUE: the sum of the value of all Accumulation Units in the
Sub-Accounts and of the value of all accumulations in the Fixed Account and
Guarantee Period Accounts credited to the Contract on any date before the
Annuity Date.
 
ACCUMULATION UNIT: a measure of the Owner's interest in a Sub-Account before
annuity benefit payments begin.
 
ANNUITANT: the person designated in the Contract upon whose continuation of life
annuity benefit payments involving life contingency depend. Joint Annuitants are
permitted and, unless otherwise indicated, any reference to Annuitant shall
include Joint Annuitants.
 
ANNUITY DATE: the date on which annuity benefit payments begin.
 
ANNUITY UNIT: a measure of the value of the periodic annuity benefit payments
under the Contract.
 
FIXED ACCOUNT: the part of the Company's General Account that guarantees
principal and a fixed minimum interest rate and to which all or a portion of a
payment or transfer under the Contract may be allocated.
 
FIXED ANNUITY PAYOUT: an annuity payout option providing for annuity benefit
payments which remain fixed in amount throughout the annuity benefit payment
period selected.
 
GENERAL ACCOUNT: all the assets of the Company other than those held in a
separate account.
 
GUARANTEE PERIOD: the number of years that a Guaranteed Interest Rate is
credited to a Guarantee Period Account.
 
GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNT: an account which corresponds to a Guaranteed Interest
Rate for a specified Guarantee Period and is supported by assets in a
non-unitized separate account.
 
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: the annual effective rate of interest, after daily
compounding, credited to a Guarantee Period Account.
 
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT: a positive or negative adjustment to earnings in the
Guarantee Period Account assessed if any portion of a Guarantee Period Account
is withdrawn or transferred prior to the end of its Guarantee Period.
 
OWNER: the person, persons or entity entitled to exercise the rights and
privileges under the Contract. Joint Owners are permitted if one of the two is
the Annuitant and, unless otherwise indicated, any reference to Owner shall
include joint Owners.
 
SUB-ACCOUNT: a subdivision of the Variable Account. Each Sub-Account available
under the Contract invests exclusively in the shares of a corresponding
Portfolio of the Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust.
 
SURRENDER VALUE: the Accumulated Value of the Contract on full surrender after
application of any Contract fee and Market Value Adjustment.
 
   
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIOS (OR PORTFOLIOS): the Emerging Markets Portfolio,
International Growth Portfolio, Europe Portfolio, Capital Growth Portfolio,
Growth Shares Portfolio, Real Estate Growth Portfolio, Growth and Income
Portfolio, Equity-Income Portfolio, Balanced Portfolio, Swiss Franc Bond
Portfolio, America Income Portfolio and Money Market Portfolio of the Pioneer
Variable Contracts Trust.
    
 
VALUATION DATE: a day on which the net asset value of the shares of any of the
Underlying Portfolios is determined and unit values of the Sub-Accounts are
determined. Valuation Dates currently occur on each day on which the New York
Stock Exchange is open for trading, and on such other days (other than a day
during which no payment, withdrawal or surrender of a Contract was received)
when there is a sufficient degree of
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
trading in an Underlying Portfolio's portfolio securities such that the current
net asset value of the Sub-Accounts may be affected materially.
 
VARIABLE ACCOUNT: Separate Account VA-P, one of the Company's separate accounts,
consisting of assets segregated from other assets of the Company. The investment
performance of the assets of the Variable Account is determined separately from
the other assets of the Company and are not chargeable with liabilities arising
out of any other business which the Company may conduct.
 
VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYOUT: an annuity payout option providing for payments varying
in amount in accordance with the investment experience of certain of the
Underlying Portfolios.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
WHAT IS THE PIONEER C-VISION VARIABLE ANNUITY?
 
The Pioneer C-Vision variable annuity contract is an insurance contract designed
to help you, the Owner, accumulate assets for your retirement or other important
financial goals on a tax-deferred basis. The Contract combines the concept of
professional money management with the attributes of an annuity contract.
Features available through the Contract include:
 
- - a customized investment portfolio;
 
- - experienced professional investment advisers;
 
- - tax deferral on earnings;
 
- - guarantees that can protect your family during the accumulation phase;
 
- - income that can be guaranteed for life;
 
- - issue age up to the 90th birthday of the oldest person among the Owner(s) and
  the Annuitant(s).
 
The Contract has two phases: an accumulation phase and, if you choose to
annuitize, an annuity payout phase. During the accumulation phase, your initial
payment and any additional payments you choose to make may be allocated among
the Sub-Accounts investing in the Portfolios of the Pioneer Variable Contracts
Trust (the "Fund"), to the Guarantee Period Accounts, and to the Fixed Account.
You select the investment options most appropriate for your investment needs. As
those needs change, you may also change your allocation without incurring any
tax consequences. The Contract's Accumulated Value is based on the investment
performance of the Portfolios and any accumulations in the Guarantee Period and
Fixed Accounts. No income taxes are paid on any earnings under the Contract
unless and until Accumulated Values are withdrawn. In addition, during the
accumulation phase, the beneficiaries receive certain protections and guarantees
in the event of your death. See discussion below: "WHAT HAPPENS UPON MY DEATH
DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE?"
 
WHAT HAPPENS IN THE ANNUITY PAYOUT PHASE?
 
During the annuity payout phase, you, or the payee you designate, can receive
income based on several annuity payout options. You choose the annuity payout
option and the date for annuity benefit payments to begin. You also decide
whether you want variable annuity benefit payments based on the investment
performance of certain Portfolios, fixed annuity benefit payments with payment
amounts guaranteed by the Company, or a combination of fixed and variable
annuity benefit payments. Among the payout options available during the annuity
payout phase are:
 
- - periodic payments for the Annuitant's lifetime;
 
- - periodic payments for the Annuitant's life and the life of another person
  selected by you;
 
- -periodic payments for the Annuitant's lifetime with any remaining guaranteed
 payments continuing in the event that the Annuitant dies before the end of ten
 years;
 
- -periodic payments over a specified number of years (1 to 30); under this option
 you may reserve the right to convert remaining payments to a lump-sum payout by
 electing a "commutable" option.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
WHO ARE THE KEY PERSONS UNDER THE CONTRACT?
 
The Contract is between you, (the "Owner"), and us, Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance and Annuity Company (for contracts issued in the District of Columbia,
Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands and any state except Hawaii and New York) or
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (for contracts issued in Hawaii
and New York). Unless otherwise specified, any reference to the "Company" in
this Prospectus shall refer exclusively to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
and Annuity Company for contracts issued in the District of Columbia, Puerto
Rico, the Virgin Islands and any state except Hawaii and New York and
exclusively to First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company for contracts
issued in Hawaii and New York. Each Contract has an Owner (or an Owner and a
Joint Owner, in which case one of the two must be an Annuitant), an Annuitant
(or an Annuitant and a Joint Annuitant) and one or more beneficiaries. As Owner,
you make payments, choose investment allocations, receive annuity benefit
payments (or designate someone else to receive annuity benefit payments) and
select the Annuitant and beneficiary. When a Contract is jointly owned, the
consent of both Owners is required in order to exercise any ownership rights.
The Annuitant is the individual upon whose continuation of life annuity benefit
payments involving life contingency depend. An Annuitant may be changed at any
time after issue of the Contract and prior to the Annuity Date, unless (1) the
Owner is a non-natural person or (2) you are taking life expectancy
distributions. For more information about life expectancy distributions, see "F.
Withdrawals." At all times there must be at least one Annuitant. If an Annuitant
dies and a replacement is not named, you will become the new Annuitant. The
beneficiary is the person, persons or entity entitled to the death benefit prior
to the Annuity Date and who, under certain circumstances, may be entitled to
annuity benefit payments upon the death of an Owner on or after the Annuity
Date.
 
HOW MUCH CAN I INVEST AND HOW OFTEN?
 
The number and frequency of payments are flexible, subject only to a $25,000
minimum for the initial payment and a $100 minimum for any additional payments.
In addition, a minimum of $1,000 is always required to establish a Guarantee
Period Account.
 
WHAT ARE MY INVESTMENT CHOICES?
 
The Contract permits net payments to be allocated among the Sub-Accounts, the
Guarantee Period Accounts, and the Fixed Account.
 
THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT.  You have the choice of Sub-Accounts investing in the ten
Underlying Portfolios of the Fund:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio     Equity-Income Portfolio
International Growth           Balanced Portfolio
Portfolio
Europe Portfolio               Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio
Capital Growth Portfolio       America Income Portfolio
Growth Shares Portfolio        Money Market Portfolio
Real Estate Growth Portfolio   Guarantee Period Accounts
Growth and Income Portfolio    Fixed Account
</TABLE>
    
 
Each Underlying Portfolio operates pursuant to different investment objectives,
discussed below, and this range of investment options enables you to allocate
your money among the Portfolios to meet your particular investment needs.
 
GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS.  Assets supporting the guarantees under the Guarantee
Period Accounts are held in the Company's Separate Account GPA, a non-unitized
insulated separate account. Values and benefits calculated on the basis of
Guarantee Period Account allocations, however, are obligations of the Company's
General Account. Amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period Account earn a
Guaranteed Interest Rate declared
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
by the Company. The level of the Guaranteed Interest Rate depends on the number
of years of the Guarantee Period selected. The Company may offer up to nine
Guarantee Periods ranging from two to ten years in duration. Once declared, the
Guaranteed Interest Rate will not change during the duration of the Guarantee
Period. If amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period Account are transferred,
surrendered or applied to any annuity option at any time other than the day
following the last day of the applicable Guarantee Period, a Market Value
Adjustment will apply that may increase or decrease the account's value;
however, this adjustment will never be applied against your principal. In
addition, earnings in the GPA after application of the Market Value Adjustment
will not be less than an effective annual rate of 3%. For more information about
the Guarantee Period Accounts and the Market Value Adjustment, see "GUARANTEE
PERIOD ACCOUNTS."
 
THE GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.
 
FIXED ACCOUNT.  The Fixed Account is part of the General Account which consists
of all the Company's assets other than those allocated to the Variable Account
and any other separate account. Allocations to the Fixed Account are guaranteed
as to principal and a minimum rate of interest. Additional excess interest may
be declared periodically at the Company's discretion. Furthermore, the initial
rate in effect on the date an amount is allocated to the Fixed Account will be
guaranteed for one year from that date. For more information about the Fixed
Account, see APPENDIX A, "MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT."
 
WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER FOR THE PORTFOLIOS?
 
Pioneering Management Corporation ("Pioneer") is the investment adviser to each
Portfolio. Pioneer also provides investment research and portfolio management
services to a number of other retail mutual funds and certain institutional
clients. As of December 31, 1997, Pioneer advised mutual funds with a total
value of over $19.8 billion, which includes more than 1,000,000 U.S. shareholder
accounts and other institutional accounts. Pioneer is a wholly owned subsidiary
of The Pioneer Group, Inc. ("PGI"). PGI, established in 1928, is one of
America's oldest investment managers and has its principal place of business at
60 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts.
 
CAN I MAKE TRANSFERS AMONG THE INVESTMENT CHOICES?
 
Yes. Prior to the Annuity Date, you may transfer among the Sub-Accounts, the
Guarantee Period Accounts, and the Fixed Account. You will incur no current
taxes on transfers while your money remains in the Contract. See "D. Transfer
Privilege." The first 12 transfers in a Contract year are guaranteed to be free
of a transfer charge. For each subsequent transfer in a Contract year, the
Company does not currently charge, but reserves the right to assess a processing
charge guaranteed never to exceed $25.
 
WHAT IF I NEED MY MONEY BEFORE THE ANNUITY PAYOUT PHASE BEGINS?
 
You may surrender the Contract or make withdrawals any time before the annuity
payout phase begins. A 10% tax penalty may apply on all amounts deemed to be
income if you are under age 59 1/2. (A Market Value Adjustment, which may
increase or decrease the value of the account, may apply to any withdrawal made
from a Guarantee Period Account prior to the expiration of the Guarantee
Period.)
 
WHAT HAPPENS UPON MY DEATH DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE?
 
If you, a Joint Owner or (in the event that the Owner is a non-natural person)
an Annuitant should die prior to the Annuity Date, a death benefit will be paid
to the beneficiary. The standard death benefit will be equal to the greater of:
 
- - The Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment; or
 
- -Gross payments, decreased proportionately to reflect withdrawals (for each
 withdrawal, the proportionate reduction is calculated as the death benefit
 under this option immediately prior to the withdrawal,
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 multiplied by the withdrawal amount, and divided by the Accumulated Value
 immediately prior to the withdrawal).
 
An optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider is available for a separate monthly
charge. See "G. Death Benefit" under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT." Under the
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider:
 
I. If an Owner (or an Annuitant if the Owner is a non-natural person) dies prior
to the Annuity Date and before the oldest Owner's 90th birthday, the death
benefit will be equal to the greatest of:
 
(a) the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment (the
    "Accumulated Value"); or
 
   
(b) gross payments compounded daily at an annual rate of 5%, starting on the
    date each payment is applied, decreased proportionately to reflect
    withdrawals (5% compounding not available in Hawaii and New York); or
    
 
(c) the highest Accumulated Value of all Contract anniversaries, as determined
    after the Accumulated Value of each Contract anniversary is increased for
    subsequent payments and decreased proportionately for subsequent
    withdrawals.
 
The (c) value is determined on each Contract anniversary. A snapshot is taken of
the current (a) value and compared to snapshots taken of the (a) value on all
prior Contract anniversaries, AFTER all of the (a) values have been adjusted to
reflect subsequent payments and decreased proportionately for subsequent
withdrawals. The highest of all of these adjusted (a) values then becomes the
(c) value. This (c) value becomes the floor below which the death benefit will
not drop and is locked-in until the next Contract anniversary. The values of (b)
and (c) will be decreased proportionately if withdrawals are taken.
 
II. If an Owner (or an Annuitant if the Owner is a non-natural person) dies
prior to the Annuity Date but after the oldest Owner's 90th birthday, the death
benefit will be equal to the greater of:
 
(a) the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment; or
 
(b) the death benefit, as calculated under I, that would have been payable on
    the Contract anniversary immediately prior to the oldest Owner's 90th
    birthday, increased for subsequent payments and decreased proportionately
    for subsequent withdrawals.
 
WHAT CHARGES WILL I INCUR UNDER MY CONTRACT?
 
   
If the Accumulated Value on a Contract anniversary and upon surrender is less
than $75,000, the Company will deduct a $35 Contract fee from the Contract.
(This fee may vary by state. See your Contract for more information.)
    
 
   
A deduction for state and local premium taxes, if any, may be made as described
under "D. Premium Taxes."
    
 
The Company will deduct a daily Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and a daily
Administrative Expense Charge equal to an annual rate of 1.25% and 0.15%,
respectively, of the average daily net assets invested in each Underlying
Portfolio. The Portfolios will incur certain management fees and expenses which
are more fully described in "Other Charges" under "A. Variable Account
Deductions" and in the prospectus for the Fund, which accompanies this
Prospectus.
 
   
An optional rider (Enhanced Death Benefit Rider) is available for an additional
charge equal to an annual rate of 0.25% which is deducted on the last day of
each month and on the date the rider is terminated. For more information see "G.
Death Benefit" under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT."
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
For more information, see "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS."
 
CAN I EXAMINE THE CONTRACT?
 
Yes. The Contract will be delivered to you after your purchase. If you return
the Contract to the Company within ten days of receipt, the Contract will be
canceled. (There may be a longer period in certain states; see the "Right to
Examine" provision on the cover of the Contract.) If you cancel the Contract,
you will receive a refund of any amounts allocated to the Fixed and Guarantee
Period Accounts and the Accumulated Value of any amounts allocated to the
Sub-Accounts (plus any fees or charges that may have been deducted.) However, if
state law requires, or if the Contract was issued as an Individual Retirement
Annuity (IRA) you will generally receive a refund of your entire payment. (In
certain states this refund may be the greater of (1) your entire payment or (2)
the amounts allocated to the Fixed and Guarantee Period Accounts plus the
Accumulated Value of amounts in the Sub-Accounts, plus any fees or charges
previously deducted.) See "B. Right to Cancel Individual Retirement Annuity" and
"C. Right to Cancel All Other Contracts."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                        ANNUAL AND TRANSACTION EXPENSES
 
   
The following tables show charges under the Contract, expenses of the
Sub-Accounts, and expenses of the Underlying Portfolios. In addition to the
charges and expenses described below, premium taxes are applicable in some
states and are deducted as described under "D. Premium Taxes."
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES:                           CHARGE
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>
Sales Charge Imposed on Payments:                               None
Deferred Sales Charge:                                          None
 
<CAPTION>
 
CONTRACT CHARGES:
- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>
TRANSFER CHARGE:                                                None
The Company currently makes no charge for processing
transfers and guarantees that the first 12 transfers in a
Contract year will not be subject to a transfer charge. For
each subsequent transfer, the Company reserves the right to
assess a charge, guaranteed never to exceed $25, to
reimburse the Company for the costs of processing the
transfer.
 
CONTRACT FEE:                                                   $35*
The fee is deducted annually and upon surrender prior to the
Annuity Date when Accumulated Value is less than $75,000.
 
OPTIONAL RIDER CHARGES:
- ------------------------------------------------------------
(on an annual basis as a percentage of Accumulated Value)
Optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider                          0.25%**
 
SUB-ACCOUNT EXPENSES:
- ------------------------------------------------------------
(on annual basis as percentage of average daily net assets)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge:                              1.25%
Administrative Expense Charge:                                  0.15%
                                                              ---------
Total Asset Charge:                                             1.40%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
 * This fee may vary by state. See your Contract for more information.
    
 
   
** If the rider is elected, this annual charge is deducted on a monthly basis,
at the end of each month within which the rider was in effect.
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
PORTFOLIO EXPENSES:  The following table shows the expenses of the Underlying
Portfolios as a percentage of average net assets for the year ended December 31,
1997. For more information concerning fees and expenses, see the prospectus for
the Underlying Portfolios.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Total Portfolio
                                                                Other Expenses           Expenses
                                           Management Fee      (After Applicable     (After Waivers/
                                          (After Voluntary    Reimbursements and    Reimbursements and
Portfolio                                     Waivers)             Offsets)              Offsets)
- ---------------------------------------  -------------------  -------------------  --------------------
<S>                                      <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio(1)..........           1.15%                0.53%                 1.68%
International Growth Portfolio.........           0.78%                0.70%                 1.48%(2,3)
Europe Portfolio(1)....................           1.00%                0.48%                 1.48%
Capital Growth Portfolio...............           0.65%                0.14%                 0.79%(2)
Growth Shares Portfolio(1).............           0.00%                1.25%                 1.25%(3)
Real Estate Growth Portfolio...........           0.88%                0.36%                 1.24%(2,3)
Growth and Income Portfolio(1).........           0.00%                1.25%                 1.25%(3)
Equity-Income Portfolio................           0.65%                0.12%                 0.77%
Balanced Portfolio.....................           0.65%                0.30%                 0.95%(2)
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio.............           0.63%                0.59%                 1.22%(2,3)
America Income Portfolio...............           0.38%                0.85%                 1.23%(2,3)
Money Market Portfolio.................           0.33%                0.66%                 0.99%(2,3)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) The Growth Shares and Growth and Income Portfolios commenced operations on
October 31, 1997 and the Emerging Markets and Europe Portfolios commenced
operations on October 30, 1998; therefore expenses shown are estimated and
annualized after expense reimbursements and should not be considered
representative of future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than shown.
    
 
(2) Total expenses are net of amounts paid in connection with certain expense
offset arrangements. Assuming no reduction for expense offset arrangements (but
including fee waivers noted in footnote 3 below), total operating expenses for
fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, would have been 1.49% for International
Growth Portfolio, 0.80% for Capital Growth Portfolio, 1.25% for Real Estate
Growth Portfolio, 0.96% for Balanced Portfolio, 1.23% for Swiss Franc Portfolio,
1.26% for America Income Portfolio and 1.00% for Money Market Portfolio. No
offset arrangements affected Growth Shares Portfolio, Growth and Income
Portfolio and Equity-Income Portfolio.
 
(3) No waiver of management fees or reimbursement of other expenses affected
Capital Growth Portfolio, Equity-Income Portfolio and Balanced Portfolio. For
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, assuming no waiver of management fees
and no expense offset arrangements, Portfolio expenses as a percentage of the
average daily net assets were 1.71% for International Growth Portfolio, 0.80%
for Capital Growth Portfolio, 6.57% for Growth Shares Portfolio, 1.37% for Real
Estate Growth Portfolio, 5.30% for Growth and Income Portfolio, 0.96% for
Balanced Portfolio, 1.25% for Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio; 1.43% for America
Income Portfolio and 1.17% for Money Market Portfolio.
 
   
Pioneering Management Corporation ("Pioneer") is the investment adviser to each
Portfolio. As of the date of this prospectus, Pioneer has agreed voluntarily to
limit its management fee and/or reimburse each Portfolio for expenses to the
extent that total expenses will not exceed 1.75% for the Emerging Markets
Portfolio; 1.50% for the International Growth Portfolio; 1.50% for the Europe
Portfolio; 1.25% for the Growth Shares Portfolio, the Real Estate Growth
Portfolio, the Growth and Income Portfolio, the Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio and
the America Income Portfolio and 1.00% for the Money Market Portfolio. The
declaration of a voluntary limitation and/or reimbursement in any year does not
bind the Manager to declare future expense limitations with respect to these
funds. These limitations/waivers may be terminated at any time with notice.
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
The following examples demonstrate the cumulative expenses which would be paid
by the Owner at 1-year, 3-year, 5-year, and 10-year intervals with and without
the optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider. Each example assumes a $1,000
investment in a Sub-Account and a 5% annual return on assets.
 
THE INFORMATION GIVEN UNDER THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A
REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR
LESSER THAN THOSE SHOWN.
 
(1) At the end of the applicable time period, you would pay the following
expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets and no
optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PORTFOLIO                                 1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS   10 YEARS
- ----------------------------------------  ------   -------   -------   --------
<S>                                       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
Emerging Markets........................    $31      $95       $162      $340
International Growth....................    $29      $89       $152      $321
Europe..................................    $29      $89       $152      $321
Capital Growth..........................    $22      $69       $118      $253
Growth Shares...........................    $27      $83       $141      $299
Real Estate Growth......................    $27      $82       $140      $298
Growth and Income.......................    $27      $83       $141      $299
Equity-Income...........................    $22      $68       $117      $251
Balanced................................    $24      $74       $126      $269
Swiss Franc Bond........................    $27      $82       $139      $296
America Income..........................    $27      $82       $140      $297
Money Market............................    $24      $75       $128      $273
</TABLE>
    
 
(2) At the end of the applicable time period, you would pay the following
expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets and an
optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PORTFOLIO                                 1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS   10 YEARS
- ----------------------------------------  ------   -------   -------   --------
<S>                                       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
Emerging Markets........................    $34      $103      $174      $363
International Growth....................    $32      $97       $164      $344
Europe..................................    $32      $97       $164      $344
Capital Growth..........................    $25      $76       $130      $278
Growth Shares...........................    $29      $90       $153      $323
Real Estate Growth......................    $29      $90       $153      $322
Growth and Income.......................    $29      $90       $153      $323
Equity-Income...........................    $25      $76       $129      $276
Balanced................................    $26      $81       $138      $294
Swiss Franc Bond........................    $29      $89       $152      $320
America Income..........................    $29      $89       $152      $321
Money Market............................    $27      $82       $140      $298
</TABLE>
    
 
Pursuant to requirements of the SEC, the Contract fee has been reflected in the
examples by a method intended to show the "average" impact of the Contract fee
on an investment in the Variable Account. The total Contract fees collected by
the Company under the Contracts are divided by the total average net assets
attributable to the Contracts. The resulting percentage is 0.04%, and the amount
of the Contract fee is assumed to be $0.40 in the examples. The Contract fee is
deducted only when the accumulated value is less than $75,000.
 
   
The Contract fee is not deducted after annuitization.
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
                        CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -------------------------
 SUB-ACCOUNT                                            1997      1996     1995
 --------------------------------------------------    ------    ------    -----
 <S>                                                   <C>       <C>       <C>
 INTERNATIONAL GROWTH
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.171     1.094    1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.211     1.171    1.094
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................    40,248    20,852    2,460
 CAPITAL GROWTH
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.314     1.158    1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.615     1.314    1.158
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................    61,917    36,746    7,981
 GROWTH SHARES
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................         0       N/A      N/A
     End of Period.................................     1.020       N/A      N/A
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................     4,454       N/A      N/A
 REAL ESTATE GROWTH
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.548     1.156    1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.849     1.548    1.156
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................    19,820     7,063      342
 GROWTH AND INCOME
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................         0       N/A      N/A
     End of Period.................................     1.053       N/A      N/A
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................     4,171       N/A      N/A
 EQUITY-INCOME
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.388     1.222    1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.851     1.388    1.222
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................    66,458    33,466    5,553
 BALANCED
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.312     1.185    1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.516     1.312    1.185
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................    25,548    12,579    2,171
 SWISS FRANC BOND
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     0.881     1.001    1.000
     End of Period.................................     0.808     0.881    1.001
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................    26,864    14,677      886
 AMERICA INCOME
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.042     1.043    1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.114     1.042    1.043
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................    12,728     6,317    3,267
 MONEY MARKET
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.063     1.031    1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.097     1.063    1.031
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................    12,330    10,655    3,210
</TABLE>
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                        CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ----------------
 SUB-ACCOUNT                                            1997      1996
 --------------------------------------------------    ------    ------
 <S>                                                   <C>       <C>
 INTERNATIONAL GROWTH
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.044     1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.080     1.044
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................       347        58
 CAPITAL GROWTH
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.031     1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.268     1.031
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................       615       166
 GROWTH SHARES
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................       N/A       N/A
     End of Period.................................       N/A       N/A
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................       N/A       N/A
 REAL ESTATE GROWTH
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.201     1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.435     1.201
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................        75        20
 GROWTH AND INCOME
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................       N/A       N/A
     End of Period.................................       N/A       N/A
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................       N/A       N/A
 EQUITY-INCOME
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.112     1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.483     1.112
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................       641       237
 BALANCED
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.068     1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.233     1.068
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................       303       121
 SWISS FRANC BOND
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     0.987     1.000
     End of Period.................................     0.906     0.987
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................       328        73
 AMERICA INCOME
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.030     1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.102     1.030
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................       203       180
</TABLE>
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ----------------
 SUB-ACCOUNT                                            1997      1996
 --------------------------------------------------    ------    ------
 <S>                                                   <C>       <C>
 MONEY MARKET
 Unit Value:
     Beginning of Period...........................     1.011     1.000
     End of Period.................................     1.044     1.011
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Period (in
  thousands).......................................        98       309
</TABLE>
 
   
No information is available for the Sub-Accounts investing in the Emerging
Markets and Europe Portfolios, as these Sub-Accounts did not commence operations
until October 30, 1998.
    
 
                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
 
The Pioneer C-Vision Contract was first offered to the public in 1999. The
Company, however, may advertise "total return" and "average annual total return"
performance information based on the periods that the Sub-Accounts have been in
existence and the periods that the Underlying Portfolios have been in existence.
Performance results for all periods shown below will be calculated with all
charges assumed to be those applicable to the Sub-Accounts and the Underlying
Portfolios. Both the total return and yield figures are based on historical
earnings and are not intended to indicate future performance.
 
The total return of a Sub-Account refers to the total of the income generated by
an investment in the Sub-Account and of the changes in the value of the
principal (due to realized and unrealized capital gains or losses) for a
specified period, reduced by Variable Account charges, and expressed as a
percentage.
 
The average annual total return represents the average annual percentage change
in the value of an investment in the Sub-Account over a given period of time. It
represents averaged figures as opposed to the actual performance of a
Sub-Account, which will vary from year to year.
 
The yield of the Sub-Account investing in the Money Market Portfolio refers to
the income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a seven-day period
(which period will be specified in the advertisement). This income is then
"annualized" by assuming that the income generated in the specific week is
generated over a 52-week period. This annualized yield is shown as a percentage
of the investment. The "effective yield" calculation is similar but, when
annualized, the income earned by an investment in the Sub-Account is assumed to
be reinvested. Thus the effective yield will be slightly higher than the yield
because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.
 
The yield of a Sub-Account investing in a Portfolio other than the Money Market
Portfolio refers to the annualized income generated by an investment in the
Sub-Account over a specified 30-day or one-month period. The yield is calculated
by assuming that the income generated by the investment during that 30-day or
one-month period is generated each period over a 12-month period and is shown as
a percentage of the investment.
 
Quotations of average annual total return as shown in Tables 1A and 1B are
calculated in the manner prescribed by the SEC and show the percentage rate of
return of a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 for the most recent one,
five and ten year period or for a period covering the time the Sub-Account has
been in existence, if less than the prescribed periods. The calculation is
adjusted to reflect the deduction of the annual Sub-Account asset charge of
1.40%, the annual Contract fee and Underlying Portfolio charges. The calculation
is not adjusted to reflect the deduction of the optional Enhanced Death Benefit
Rider charge of 0.25% which, if elected, would reduce performance.
 
The performance shown in Table 2A is calculated in exactly the same manner as
those in Tables 1A and 1B; however, the period of time is based on the
Underlying Portfolios' lifetime, which may predate the Sub-
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
Accounts' inception dates. These performance calculations are based on the
assumption that the Sub-Account corresponding to the applicable Underlying
Portfolio was actually in existence throughout the stated period and that the
contractual charges and expenses during that period were equal to those
currently assessed under the Contract.
 
For more detailed information about these performance calculations, including
actual formulas, see the SAI.
 
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION FOR ANY SUB-ACCOUNT REFLECTS ONLY THE PERFORMANCE OF A
HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT IN THE SUB-ACCOUNT DURING THE TIME PERIOD ON WHICH THE
CALCULATIONS ARE BASED. PERFORMANCE INFORMATION SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN LIGHT OF
THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES AND RISK CHARACTERISTICS OF THE
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO IN WHICH THE SUB-ACCOUNT INVESTS AND THE MARKET CONDITIONS
DURING THE GIVEN TIME PERIOD, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED AS A REPRESENTATION
OF WHAT MAY BE ACHIEVED IN THE FUTURE.
 
Performance information for a Sub-Account may be compared, in reports and
promotional literature, to: (1) the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price
Index ("S&P 500"), Dow Jones Industrial Average ("DJIA"), Shearson Lehman
Aggregate Bond Index or other unmanaged indices so that investors may compare
the Sub-Account results with those of a group of unmanaged securities widely
regarded by investors as representative of the securities markets in general;
(2) other groups of variable annuity separate accounts or other investment
products tracked by Lipper Analytical Services, a widely used independent
research firm which ranks mutual funds and other investment products by overall
performance, investment objectives, and assets, or tracked by other services,
companies, publications, or persons, who rank such investment products on
overall performance or other criteria; or (3) the Consumer Price Index (a
measure for inflation) to assess the real rate of return from an investment in
the Sub-Account. Unmanaged indices may assume the reinvestment of dividends but
generally do not reflect deductions for administrative and management costs and
expenses.
 
At times, the Company may also advertise the ratings and other information
assigned to it by independent rating organizations such as A.M. Best Company
("A.M. Best"), Moody's Investors Service ("Moody's"), Standard & Poor's
Insurance Rating Services ("S&P") and Duff & Phelps. A.M. Best's and Moody's
ratings reflect their current opinion of the Company's relative financial
strength and operating performance in comparison to the norms of the life/health
insurance industry. S&P's and Duff & Phelps' ratings measure the ability of an
insurance company to meet its obligations under insurance policies it issues and
do not measure the ability of such companies to meet other non-policy
obligations. The ratings also do not relate to the performance of the Underlying
Portfolios.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 1A
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
                  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS OF SUB-ACCOUNT
                      FOR PERIODS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1997
                         SINCE INCEPTION OF SUB-ACCOUNT
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FOR YEAR       SINCE
                                                                                            ENDED     INCEPTION OF
SUB-ACCOUNT INVESTING IN UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO                                             12/31/97    SUB-ACCOUNT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>          <C>
Emerging Markets.......................................................................        N/A*          N/A*
International Growth...................................................................       3.38%         6.86%
Europe.................................................................................        N/A*          N/A*
Capital Growth.........................................................................      22.94%        18.38%
Growth Shares..........................................................................        N/A          1.99%
Real Estate Growth.....................................................................      19.46%        24.16%
Growth and Income......................................................................        N/A          5.21%
Equity-Income..........................................................................      33.33%        24.21%
Balanced...............................................................................      15.50%        16.80%
Swiss Franc Bond.......................................................................      -8.25%        -9.40%
America Income.........................................................................       6.91%         3.97%
Money Market...........................................................................       3.16%         3.26%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
* Sub-Account inception date after December 31, 1997.
    
 
                                    TABLE 1B
                FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS OF SUB-ACCOUNT
                      FOR PERIODS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1997
                         SINCE INCEPTION OF SUB-ACCOUNT
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FOR YEAR       SINCE
                                                                                            ENDED     INCEPTION OF
SUB-ACCOUNT INVESTING IN UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO                                             12/31/97    SUB-ACCOUNT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>          <C>
Emerging Markets.......................................................................        N/A*          N/A*
International Growth...................................................................       3.38%         5.93%
Europe.................................................................................        N/A*          N/A*
Capital Growth.........................................................................      22.94%        19.63%
Growth Shares..........................................................................        N/A          1.99%
Real Estate Growth.....................................................................      19.47%        31.37%
Growth and Income......................................................................        N/A          5.21%
Equity-Income..........................................................................      33.34%        34.70%
Balanced...............................................................................      15.50%        17.88%
Swiss Franc Bond.......................................................................      -8.25%        -8.78%
America Income.........................................................................       6.91%         7.64%
Money Market...........................................................................       3.15%         3.14%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
* Sub-Account inception date after December 31, 1997.
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 2A
                  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS OF SUB-ACCOUNT
                      FOR PERIODS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1997
                    SINCE INCEPTION OF UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         SINCE
                                                                                                       INCEPTION
                                                                                          FOR YEAR        OF
                                                                                            ENDED     UNDERLYING
SUB-ACCOUNT INVESTING IN UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO                                             12/31/97    PORTFOLIO*
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                      <C>          <C>
Emerging Markets.......................................................................        N/A          N/A
International Growth...................................................................       3.38%        6.86%
Europe.................................................................................        N/A          N/A
Capital Growth.........................................................................      22.94%       18.38%
Growth Shares..........................................................................        N/A         1.99%
Real Estate Growth.....................................................................      19.46%       24.16%
Growth and Income......................................................................        N/A         5.21%
Equity-Income..........................................................................      33.33%       24.21%
Balanced...............................................................................      15.50%       16.80%
Swiss Franc Bond.......................................................................      -8.25%       -9.40%
America Income.........................................................................       6.91%        3.97%
Money Market...........................................................................       3.16%        3.26%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
      * The inception date for Growth Shares and Growth and Income Portfolios
was 10/31/97. The inception date for the Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio was 11/1/95.
The inception date for Emerging Markets and Europe Portfolios was 10/30/98. All
other Portfolios commenced operations on 3/1/95.
    
 
              DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANIES, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT,
                      AND PIONEER VARIABLE CONTRACTS TRUST
 
THE COMPANIES
 
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company ("Allmerica Financial")
is a life insurance company organized under the laws of Delaware in July 1974.
Its principal office ("Principal Office") is located at 440 Lincoln Street,
Worcester, MA 01653, Telephone 508-855-1000. Allmerica Financial is subject to
the laws of the state of Delaware governing insurance companies and to
regulation by the Commissioner of Insurance of Delaware. In addition, Allmerica
Financial is subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other states and
jurisdictions in which it is licensed to operate. As of December 31, 1997,
Allmerica Financial had over $9.4 billion in assets and over $26.6 billion of
life insurance in force.
 
Effective October 1, 1995, Allmerica Financial changed its name from SMA Life
Assurance Company to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company.
Allmerica Financial is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica
Financial Life Insurance Company which, in turn, is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Allmerica Financial Corporation ("AFC").
 
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company ("First Allmerica"), organized
under the laws of Massachusetts in 1844, is the fifth oldest life insurance
company in America. As of December 31, 1997, First Allmerica and its
subsidiaries had over $16.3 billion in combined assets and over $43.8 billion of
life insurance in force. Effective October 16, 1995, First Allmerica converted
from a mutual life insurance company known as State Mutual Life Assurance
Company of America to a stock life insurance company and adopted its present
name. First Allmerica is a wholly owned subsidiary of AFC. First Allmerica's
principal office is located at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, MA 01653,
Telephone 508-855-1000.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
First Allmerica is subject to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
governing insurance companies and to regulation by the Commissioner of Insurance
of Massachusetts. In addition, First Allmerica is subject to the insurance laws
and regulations of other states and jurisdictions in which it is licensed to
operate.
 
Both companies are charter members of the Insurance Marketplace Standards
Association ("IMSA"). Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a rigorous set
of standards that cover the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities. IMSA members have adopted
policies and procedures that demonstrate a commitment to honesty, fairness and
integrity in all customer contacts involving sales and service of individual
life insurance and annuity products.
 
THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
   
Each Company maintains a separate investment account referred to as Separate
Account VA-P ("the Variable Account"). Unless otherwise specified, any reference
to the "Company" in this Prospectus shall refer exclusively to Allmerica
Financial for contracts issued in the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the
Virgin Islands and any state except Hawaii and New York and exclusively to First
Allmerica for contracts issued in Hawaii and New York. Obligations under the
contracts are obligations of the Company. The assets used to fund the variable
portions of the Contract are set aside in the Sub-Accounts of the Variable
Account, and are kept separate and apart from the general assets of the Company.
Each Sub-Account is administered and accounted for as part of the general
business of the Company, but the income, capital gains or capital losses of each
Sub-Account are allocated to such Sub-Account, without regard to other income,
capital gains or capital losses of the Company. Under Delaware and Massachusetts
law, the assets of the Variable Account may not be charged with any liabilities
arising out of any other business of the Company.
    
 
The Variable Accounts of Allmerica Financial and of First Allmerica were
authorized by votes of the Board of Directors of the Companies on October 27,
1994. The Variable Accounts meet the definition of "separate account" under
federal securities laws, and are registered with the SEC as unit investment
trusts under the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("1940 Act"). Such registration
does not involve the supervision of management or investment practices or
policies of the Variable Accounts by the SEC.
 
Each Company may offer other variable annuity contracts investing in the
Variable Accounts which are not discussed in this Prospectus. The Variable
Accounts also may invest in other underlying funds which are not available to
the Contracts described in this Prospectus. Each Company reserves the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to change the names of the Variable
Accounts and the Sub-Accounts.
 
PIONEER VARIABLE CONTRACTS TRUST
 
Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust (the "Fund") is an open-end, management
investment company registered with the SEC under the 1940 Act. Such registration
does not involve supervision by the SEC of the investments or investment policy
of the Fund or its separate investment Portfolios. Pioneering Management
Corporation ("Pioneer") is the investment adviser to each Portfolio.
 
   
The Fund was established to provide a vehicle for the investment of assets of
various separate accounts supporting variable insurance policies. The Fund
currently has twelve investment portfolios ("Underlying Portfolios"), each
issuing a separate series of shares: Emerging Markets Portfolio, International
Growth Portfolio, Europe Portfolio, Capital Growth Portfolio, Growth Shares
Portfolio, Real Estate Growth Portfolio, Growth and Income Portfolio,
Equity-Income Portfolio, Balanced Portfolio, Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio, America
Income Portfolio and Money Market Portfolio. The assets of each Portfolio are
held separately from the assets of the other Portfolios. Each Portfolio operates
as a separate investment vehicle, and the income or losses of one Portfolio have
no effect on the investment performance of another Portfolio. Shares of the Fund
may be sold directly to separate accounts established and maintained by
insurance companies for the purpose of funding variable contracts and to certain
qualified pension and retirement plans.
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
 
A summary of investment objectives of each of the Underlying Portfolios is set
forth below. More detailed information regarding the investment objectives,
restrictions and risks, expenses paid by the Underlying Portfolios, and other
relevant information regarding the Underlying Portfolios may be found in the
prospectus for the Fund, which accompanies this Prospectus and should be read
carefully before investing. The Statement of Additional Information for the Fund
("SAI for the Fund") is available upon request.
 
   
EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO -- seeks long-term growth of capital. The Portfolio
invests primarily in securities of issuers in countries with emerging economies
in securities markets and related depository receipts.
    
 
INTERNATIONAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO -- seeks long-term growth of capital primarily
through investments in non-U.S. equity securities and related depository
receipts.
 
   
EUROPE PORTFOLIO -- seeks long-term growth of capital. The Portfolio invests in
a diversified portfolio consisting primarily of securities of European companies
and in depository receipts for such securities.
    
 
CAPITAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO -- seeks capital appreciation through a diversified
portfolio of securities consisting primarily of common stocks.
 
GROWTH SHARES PORTFOLIO -- seeks appreciation of capital through investments in
common stock, together with preferred stocks, bonds, and debentures which are
convertible into common stocks. Current income will be incidental to the
Portfolio's primary objective.
 
REAL ESTATE GROWTH PORTFOLIO -- seeks long-term growth of capital primarily
through investments in the securities of real estate investment trusts (REITS)
and other real estate industry companies. Current income is the Portfolio's
secondary investment objective.
 
GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO -- seeks reasonable income and growth by investing
in a broad list of carefully selected, reasonably priced securities.
 
EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO -- seeks current income and long-term capital growth by
investing in a portfolio of income-producing equity securities of U.S.
corporations. The Portfolio's goal is to achieve a current dividend yield which
exceeds the published composite yield of the securities comprising the S&P 500.
 
BALANCED PORTFOLIO -- seeks capital growth and current income by actively
managing investments in a diversified portfolio of equity securities and bonds.
 
SWISS FRANC BOND PORTFOLIO -- seeks to approximate the performance of the Swiss
franc relative to the U.S. dollar while earning a reasonable level of income.
 
AMERICA INCOME PORTFOLIO -- seeks as high a level of current income as is
consistent with the preservation of capital. This Portfolio invests exclusively
in United States ("U.S.") Government Securities and in "when issued" commitments
and repurchase agreements with respect to such securities.
 
MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO -- seeks current income consistent with preserving
capital and providing liquidity.
 
If there is a material change in the investment policy of a Sub-Account or the
Underlying Portfolio in which it invests, the Owner will be notified of the
change. If the Owner has values allocated to that Sub-Account, the Company will
transfer it without charge on written request by the Owner to another
Sub-Account or to the Fixed Account. The Company must receive such written
request within 60 days of the later of (1) the effective date of the change in
the investment policy, or (2) the receipt of the notice of the Owner's right to
transfer.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES OF THE PORTFOLIOS WILL BE
MET.
 
                          INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES
 
Each Portfolio pays a management fee to Pioneer for managing its investments and
business affairs. Each Portfolio's management fee is computed daily and paid
monthly at the following annual rate:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              MANAGEMENT FEE AS A
                                                                                               % OF PORTFOLIO'S
                                                                                                    AVERAGE
                                                                                               DAILY NET ASSETS
                                                                                            -----------------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>
Emerging Markets..........................................................................             1.15%
International Growth......................................................................             1.00%
Europe....................................................................................             1.00%
Capital Growth............................................................................             0.65%
Growth Shares.............................................................................             0.65%
Real Estate Growth........................................................................             1.00%
Growth and Income.........................................................................             0.65%
Equity-Income.............................................................................             0.65%
Balanced..................................................................................             0.65%
Swiss Franc Bond..........................................................................             0.65%
America Income............................................................................             0.55%
Money Market..............................................................................             0.50%
</TABLE>
    
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT
 
Unless otherwise specified, any reference to the "Company" in this Prospectus
shall refer exclusively to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity
Company for contracts issued in the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the
Virgin Islands and any state except Hawaii and New York and exclusively to First
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company for contracts issued in Hawaii and
New York.
 
A. PAYMENTS
 
The Company's underwriting requirements, which include receipt of the initial
payment and allocation instructions by the Company at its Principal Office, must
be met before a Contract can be issued. These requirements also may include the
proper completion of an application; however, where permitted, the Company may
issue a Contract without completion of an application and/or signature for
certain classes of Contracts. Payments are to be made payable to the Company. A
net payment is equal to the payment received less the amount of any applicable
premium tax.
 
   
The initial net payment will be credited to the Contract and allocated among the
requested accounts as of the date that all issue requirements are properly met.
If all issue requirements are not complied with within five business days of the
Company's receipt of the initial payment, the payment will be returned unless
the Owner specifically consents to the holding of the initial payment until
completion of any outstanding issue requirements. Subsequent payments will be
credited as of the Valuation Date received at the Principal Office on the basis
of accumulation unit value next determined after receipt.
    
 
Payments are not limited as to frequency and number, but there are certain
limitations as to amount. Currently, the initial payment must be at least
$25,000. Each subsequent payment must be at least $100. The minimum allocation
to a Guarantee Period Account is $1,000. If less than $1,000 is allocated to a
Guarantee Period Account, the Company reserves the right to apply that amount to
the Money Market Portfolio.
 
From time to time where permitted by law, the Company may credit amounts to
Contracts, when Contracts are sold to individuals or groups of individuals in a
manner that reduces sales expenses. The Company will consider factors such as
the following: (1) the size and type of group or class, and the persistency
expected
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
from that group or class; (2) the total amount of payments to be received, and
the manner in which payments are remitted; (3) the purpose for which the
Contracts are being purchased, and whether that purpose makes it likely that
costs and expenses will be reduced; (4) other transactions where sales expenses
are likely to be reduced; or (5) the level of commissions paid to selling
broker-dealers or certain financial institutions with respect to Contracts
within the same group or class (for example, broker-dealers who offer the
Contract in connection with financial planning services offered on a
fee-for-service basis). The Company may also credit amounts to Contracts, where
either the Owner or the Annuitant on the date of issue is within the following
classes of individuals ("eligible persons"): employees and registered
representatives of any broker-dealer which has entered into a sales agreement
with the Company to sell the Contract; employees of the Company, its affiliates
and subsidiaries; officers, directors, trustees and employees of any of the
Underlying Portfolios, investment managers or Sub-Advisers; and the spouses of
and immediate family members residing in the same household with such eligible
persons. "Immediate family members" means children, siblings, parents and
grandparents.
 
Generally, unless otherwise requested, all payments will be allocated among the
accounts in the same proportion that the initial net payment is allocated or, if
subsequently changed, according to the most recent allocation instructions. The
Owner may change allocation instructions for new payments pursuant to a written
or telephone request. If telephone requests are elected by the Owner, a properly
completed authorization must be on file before telephone requests will be
honored. The policy of the Company and its agents and affiliates is that they
will not be responsible for losses resulting from acting upon telephone requests
reasonably believed to be genuine. The Company will employ reasonable procedures
to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine; otherwise,
the Company may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent
instructions. The procedures the Company follows for transactions initiated by
telephone include requirements that callers on behalf of an Owner identify
themselves by name and identify the Annuitant by name, date of birth and social
security number. All transfer instructions by telephone are tape-recorded.
 
B. RIGHT TO CANCEL INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY
 
An individual purchasing a Contract intended to qualify as an IRA may cancel the
Contract at any time within ten days after receipt of the Contract and receive a
refund. In order to cancel the Contract, the Owner must mail or deliver the
Contract to the agent through whom the Contract was purchased, to the Company's
Principal Office at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, MA 01653, or to an authorized
representative. Mailing or delivery must occur within ten days after receipt of
the Contract for cancellation to be effective.
 
Within seven days, the Company will provide a refund equal to gross payment(s)
received. In some states, however, the refund may equal the greater of (a) gross
payments or (b) the amounts allocated to the Fixed and Guaranteed Period
Accounts plus the Accumulated Value of amounts in the Sub-Accounts plus any
amounts deducted under the Contract or by the Underlying Portfolios for taxes,
charges or fees. At the time the Contract is issued the "Right to Examine"
provision on the cover of the Contract will specifically indicate whether the
refund will be equal to gross payments or equal to the greater of (a) or (b) as
set forth above.
 
The liability of the Variable Account under this provision is limited to the
Owner's Accumulated Value in the Sub-Accounts on the date of cancellation. Any
additional amounts refunded to the Owner will be paid by the Company.
 
C. RIGHT TO CANCEL ALL OTHER CONTRACTS
 
   
An Owner may cancel the Contract at any time within ten days after receipt of
the Contract (or longer if required by state law) and receive a refund.
Generally, the Company will pay to the Owner an amount equal to the sum of (1)
the difference between the amount paid, including fees, and any amount allocated
to the Variable Account, and (2) the Accumulated Value of amounts allocated to
the Variable Account as of the date the request is received. If the Contract was
purchased as an IRA or purchased in a state that requires a full refund, the IRA
revocation right described above may be utilized in lieu of the special
surrender right. At the
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
time the Contract is issued, the "Right to Examine" provision on the cover of
the Contract will specifically indicate what the refund will be and the time
period allowed to exercise the right to cancel.
 
D. TRANSFER PRIVILEGE
 
Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may transfer amounts among accounts at any
time upon written or telephone request to the Company. As discussed in "A.
Payments," a properly completed authorization form must be on file before
telephone requests will be honored. Transfer values will be based on the
Accumulated Value next computed after receipt of the transfer request.
 
Transfers to a Guarantee Period Account must be at least $1,000. If the amount
to be transferred to a Guarantee Period Account is less than $1,000, the Company
may transfer that amount to the Money Market Portfolio. Transfers from a
Guarantee Period Account prior to the expiration of the Guarantee Period will be
subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
 
Currently, the Company makes no charge for transfers. The first twelve transfers
in a Contract year are guaranteed to be free of any transfer charge. For each
subsequent transfer in a Contract year, the Company does not currently charge
but reserves the right to assess a charge, guaranteed never to exceed $25, to
reimburse it for the expense of processing transfers.
 
The Owner may authorize an independent third party to transact allocations and
transfers in accordance with an asset allocation strategy or other investment
strategy. The Company may provide administrative or other support services to
these independent third parties, however, the Company does not engage any third
parties to offer allocation or other investment services under this Contract,
does not endorse or review any allocation or transfer recommendations and is not
responsible for the investment results of such allocations or transfers
transacted on the Owner's behalf. In addition, the Company reserves the right to
discontinue services or limit the number of Portfolios that it may provide such
services for, as well as to restrict such transactions altogether when exercised
by a market timing firm or any other third party authorized to initiate
allocations, transfers or exchanges on behalf of multiple Contract owners. The
Company does not charge the Owner for providing additional support services.
 
   
As indicated above, the Company also reserves the right to restrict transfer
privileges when exercised by a market timing firm or any other third party
authorized to initiate allocations, transfers or exchanges on behalf of multiple
Contract owners, if the execution of such transactions may disadvantage or
potentially impair the contract rights of other Contract owners. The Company
may, among other things, not accept (1) the transfer or exchange instructions of
any agent acting under a power of attorney on behalf of more than one Contract
owner, or (2) the transfer or exchange instructions of individual Contract
owners who have executed pre-authorized transfer or exchange forms which are
submitted by market timing firms or other third parties on behalf of more than
one Contract owner at the same time.
    
 
AUTOMATIC TRANSFERS (DOLLAR COST AVERAGING) AND AUTOMATIC ACCOUNT REBALANCING
OPTIONS. The Owner may elect automatic transfers of a predetermined dollar
amount, not less than $100, on a periodic basis (monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly,
semi-annually or annually) from the Money Market Portfolio, the America Income
Portfolio or the Fixed Account (the source account) to one or more Portfolios.
Automatic transfers may not be made into the Fixed Account, the Guarantee Period
Accounts or, if applicable, the Portfolio being used as the source account. If
an automatic transfer would reduce the balance in the source account to less
than $100, the entire balance will be transferred proportionately to the chosen
Portfolios. Automatic transfers will continue until the amount in the source
account on a transfer date is zero or the Owner's request to terminate the
option is received by the Company. If additional amounts are allocated to the
source account after its balance has fallen to zero, this option will not
restart automatically and the Owner must provide a new request to the Company.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
To the extent permitted by state law, the Company reserves the right, from time
to time, to credit an enhanced interest rate to certain initial and/or
subsequent payments which are deposited into the Fixed Account and which utilize
the Fixed Account as the source account for the payment from which to process
automatic transfers. For more information see APPENDIX A, "MORE INFORMATION
ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT."
 
The Owner may request automatic rebalancing of Sub-Account allocations on a
monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis in accordance with
specified percentage allocations. As frequently as requested, the Company will
review the percentage allocations in the Portfolios and, if necessary, transfer
amounts to ensure conformity with the designated percentage allocation mix. If
the amount necessary to re-establish the mix on any scheduled date is less than
$100, no transfer will be made. Automatic Account Rebalancing will continue
until the Owner's request to terminate or change the option is received by the
Company. As such, subsequent payments allocated in a manner different from the
percentage allocation mix in effect on the date the payment is received will be
reallocated in accordance with the existing mix on the next scheduled date
unless the Owner's timely request to change the mix or terminate the option is
received by the Company.
 
   
The Company reserves the right to limit the number of Portfolios that may be
utilized for automatic transfers and rebalancing, and to discontinue either
option upon advance written notice. The first automatic transfer or rebalancing
and all subsequent transfers or rebalancing of that request in the same Contract
year count as one transfer towards the 12 transfers which are guaranteed to be
free of a transfer charge in each Contract year. There currently is no charge
for either program. Currently, Dollar Cost Averaging and Automatic Account
Rebalancing may not be in effect simultaneously. Either option may be elected
when the Contract is purchased or at a later date.
    
 
E. SURRENDER
 
At any time prior to the Annuity Date, an Owner may surrender the Contract and
receive an amount equal to the Surrender Value less any applicable tax
withholding. The Owner must return the Contract and a signed, written request
for surrender, satisfactory to the Company, to the Principal Office. The amount
payable to the Owner upon surrender will be based on the Contract's Accumulated
Value as of the Valuation Date on which the request and the Contract are
received at the Principal Office. The Contract fee will be deducted upon
surrender of the Contract.
 
After the Annuity Date, only a Contract under which a commutable period certain
option has been elected may be surrendered. The Surrender Amount is the commuted
value of any unpaid installments, computed on the basis of the assumed interest
rate incorporated in such annuity benefit payments.
 
Any amount surrendered normally is payable within seven days following the
Company's receipt of the surrender request. The Company reserves the right to
defer surrenders and withdrawals of amounts in each Sub-Account in any period
during which (1) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as
determined by the SEC or such Exchange is closed for other than weekends and
holidays, (2) the SEC has, by order, permitted such suspension, or (3) an
emergency, as determined by the SEC, exists such that disposal of portfolio
securities or valuation of assets of a separate account is not reasonably
practicable.
 
The Company reserves the right to defer surrenders and withdrawals of amounts
allocated to the Company's Fixed Account and Guarantee Period Accounts for a
period not to exceed six months.
 
The surrender rights of Owners who are participants under Section 403(b) plans
or who are participants in the Texas Optional Retirement Program ("Texas ORP")
are restricted; see "Tax-Sheltered Annuities" and "Texas Optional Retirement
Program."
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
Where an Owner who is trustee under a pension plan surrenders, in whole or in
part, a Contract on a terminating employee, the trustee will be permitted to
reallocate all or a part of the Accumulated Value under the Contract to other
contracts issued by the Company and owned by the trustee. Any such reallocation
will be at the Accumulation Unit values for the Sub-Accounts as of the Valuation
Date on which a written, signed request is received at the Principal Office.
 
For important tax consequences which may result from surrender, see "FEDERAL TAX
CONSIDERATIONS."
 
F. WITHDRAWALS
 
At any time prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may withdraw a portion of the
Accumulated Value of his or her Contract, subject to the limits stated below.
The Owner must submit to the Principal Office a signed, written request for
withdrawal, satisfactory to the Company. The written request must indicate the
dollar amount the Owner wishes to receive and the accounts from which such
amount is to be withdrawn. Amounts withdrawn from a Guarantee Period Account
prior to the end of the applicable Guarantee Period will be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment against the remaining value, as described under "GUARANTEE
PERIOD ACCOUNTS."
 
Where allocations have been made to more than one account, a percentage of the
withdrawal may be allocated to each such account. A withdrawal from a
Sub-Account will result in cancellation of a number of units equivalent in value
to the amount withdrawn, computed as of the Valuation Date that the request is
received at the Principal Office.
 
Each withdrawal must be in a minimum amount of $100. No withdrawal will be
permitted if the Accumulated Value remaining under the Contract would be reduced
to less than $1,000. Withdrawals will be paid in accordance with the time
limitations described under "E. Surrender."
 
For important restrictions on withdrawals which are applicable to Owners who are
participants under Section 403(b) plans or under the Texas ORP, see "FEDERAL TAX
CONSIDERATIONS," "Tax-Sheltered Annuities" and "Texas Optional Retirement
Program." For important tax consequences which may result from withdrawals, see
"FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS."
 
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS.  The Owner may elect an automatic schedule of
withdrawals (systematic withdrawals) from amounts in the Sub-Accounts and/or the
Fixed Account on a monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis.
Systematic withdrawals from Guarantee Period Accounts are not available. The
minimum amount of each automatic withdrawal is $100. If elected at the time of
purchase, the Owner must designate in writing the specific dollar amount of each
withdrawal and the percentage of this amount which should be taken from each
designated Sub-Account and/or the Fixed Account. Systematic withdrawals then
will begin on the date indicated on the application. If elected after the issue
date, the Owner may elect, by written request, a specific dollar amount and the
percentage of this amount to be taken from each designated Sub-Account and/or
the Fixed Account, or the Owner may elect to withdraw a specific percentage of
the Accumulated Value calculated as of the withdrawal dates, and may designate
the percentage of this amount which should be taken from each account. The first
withdrawal will take place on the date the written request is received at the
Principal Office or, if later, on a date specified by the Owner.
 
If a withdrawal would cause the remaining Accumulated Value to be less than
$1,000, systematic withdrawals will be discontinued. Systematic withdrawals will
cease automatically on the Annuity Date. The Owner may change or terminate
systematic withdrawals only by written request to the Principal Office.
 
LIFE EXPECTANCY DISTRIBUTIONS.  Prior to the Annuity Date the Owner who also is
the Annuitant may elect to make a series of systematic withdrawals from the
Contract according to a life expectancy distribution ("LED") option by returning
a properly signed LED request form to the Principal Office. The LED option
permits the Owner to make systematic withdrawals from the Contract over his or
her lifetime. The amount withdrawn from the Contract changes each year, because
life expectancy changes each year that a person lives.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
For example, actuarial tables indicate that a person age 70 has a life
expectancy of 16 years, but a person who attains age 86 has a life expectancy of
another 6.5 years. While an LED is in effect, the Owner must remain the
Annuitant.
 
If an Owner elects the LED option, in each calendar year a fraction of the
Accumulated Value is withdrawn based on the Owner's then life expectancy. The
numerator of the fraction is 1 (one), and the denominator of the fraction is the
remaining life expectancy of the Owner, as determined annually by the Company.
The resulting fraction, expressed as a percentage, is applied to the Accumulated
Value at the beginning of the year to determine the amount to be distributed
during the year. The Owner may elect monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly,
semi-annual, or annual distributions, and may terminate the LED option at any
time. Under contracts issued in Hawaii and New York, the LED option will
terminate automatically on the maximum Annuity Date permitted under the Contract
at which time an Annuity Option must be elected. The Owner also may elect to
receive distributions under an LED option which is determined on the joint life
expectancy of the Owner and a beneficiary. The Company also may offer other
systematic withdrawal options.
 
Where the Owner is a trust or other non-natural person, the Owner may elect the
LED option based on the Annuitant's life expectancy.
 
If an Owner makes withdrawals under the LED option prior to age 59 1/2, the
withdrawals may be treated by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") as premature
distributions from the Contract. The payments then would be taxed on an "income
first" basis and be subject to a 10% federal tax penalty. For more information,
see "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS" and "B. Taxation of the Contracts in General."
 
The Company may discontinue or change the LED option at any time, but not with
respect to election of the option made prior to the date of any change in the
LED option.
 
G. DEATH BENEFIT
 
In the event that an Owner or (in the event the Owner is a non-natural person)
an Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Date, the Company will pay the
beneficiary a death benefit, except where the Contract is continued as provided
in "H. The Spouse of the Owner as Beneficiary."
 
DEATH OF AN OWNER PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY DATE.  Upon the death of an Owner (or an
Annuitant if the Owner is a non-natural person), a death benefit will be paid.
The standard death benefit will be equal to the greater of (a) the Accumulated
Value under the Contract increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment; or
(b) gross payments, decreased proportionately to reflect withdrawals (for each
withdrawal, the proportionate reduction is calculated as the death benefit under
this option immediately prior to the withdrawal multiplied by the withdrawal
amount and divided by the Accumulated Value immediately prior to the
withdrawal).
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
OPTIONAL ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER.  At the time of application for the
Contract, the Owner may elect an optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider. Under
the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider:
    
 
I. If an Owner (or an Annuitant if the Owner is a non-natural person) dies prior
to the Annuity Date and before the oldest Owner's 90th birthday, the death
benefit will be equal to the greatest of:
 
(a) the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment (the
    "Accumulated Value"); or
 
   
(b) gross payments compounded daily at an annual rate of 5%, starting on the
    date each payment is applied, decreased proportionately to reflect
    withdrawals (5% compounding not available in Hawaii and New York); or
    
 
(c) the highest Accumulated Value of all Contract anniversaries, as determined
    after the Accumulated Value of each Contract anniversary is increased for
    subsequent payments and decreased proportionately for subsequent
    withdrawals.
 
The (c) value is determined on each Contract anniversary. A snapshot is taken of
the current (a) value and compared to snapshots taken of the (a) value on all
prior Contract anniversaries, after all of the (a) values have been adjusted to
reflect subsequent payments and decreased proportionately for subsequent
withdrawals. The highest of all of these adjusted (a) values then becomes the
(c) value. This (c) value becomes the floor below which the death benefit will
not drop and is locked-in until the next Contract anniversary. The values of (b)
and (c) will be decreased proportionately if withdrawals are taken.
 
II. If an Owner (or an Annuitant if the Owner is a non-natural person) dies
prior to the Annuity Date but after the oldest Owner's 90th birthday, the death
benefit will be equal to the greater of:
 
(a) the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment; or
 
(b) the death benefit, as calculated under I, that would have been payable on
    the Contract anniversary immediately prior to the oldest Owner's 90th
    birthday, increased for subsequent payments and decreased proportionately
    for subsequent withdrawals.
 
See APPENDIX C, "THE DEATH BENEFIT" for specific examples of death benefit
calculations.
 
A separate charge is made for an optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider. On the
last day of each month and on the date that Rider is terminated, a charge equal
to 1/12th of an annual rate of 0.25% is made against the Accumulated Value of
the Contract at that time. The charge is deducted in arrears through a pro-rata
reduction (based on relative values) of Accumulation Units in the Sub-Accounts,
of dollar amounts in the Fixed Account, and of dollar amounts in the Guarantee
Period Accounts.
 
   
PAYMENT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT.  The death benefit generally will be paid to the
beneficiary in one sum within seven business days of the receipt of due proof of
death at the Principal Office unless the Owner has specified a death benefit
annuity option. Instead of payment in one sum, the beneficiary may, by written
request, elect to:
    
 
(1) defer distribution of the death benefit for a period no more than five years
    from the date of death; or
 
(2) receive a life annuity or an annuity for a period certain not extending
    beyond the beneficiary's life expectancy, with annuity benefit payments
    beginning one year from the date of death.
 
If distribution of the death benefit is deferred under (1) or (2), any value in
the Guarantee Period Accounts will be transferred to the Sub-Account investing
in the Money Market Portfolio. The excess, if any, of the death benefit over the
Accumulated Value also will be transferred to the Sub-Account investing in the
Money Market Portfolio. The beneficiary may, by written request, effect
transfers and withdrawals during the deferral period and prior to annuitization
under (2), but may not make additional payments. The death benefit will reflect
any earnings or losses experienced during the deferral period. If there are
multiple beneficiaries, the consent of all is required.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
With respect to the death benefit, the Accumulated Value under the Contract will
be based on the unit values next computed after receipt of due proof of death.
 
H. THE SPOUSE OF THE OWNER AS BENEFICIARY
 
The Owner's spouse, if named as the sole beneficiary, may by written request
continue the Contract in lieu of receiving the amount payable upon death of the
Owner. Upon such election, the spouse will then become the Owner and Annuitant
subject to the following: (1) any value in the Guarantee Period Accounts will be
transferred to the Sub-Account investing in the Money Market Portfolio and (2)
the excess, if any, of the death benefit over the Contract's Accumulated Value
also will be added to the Sub-Account investing in the Money Market Portfolio.
Additional payments may be made. All other rights and benefits provided in the
Contract will continue, except that any subsequent spouse of such new Owner will
not be entitled to continue the Contract upon such new Owner's death.
 
I. ASSIGNMENT
 
The Contract, other than those sold in connection with certain qualified plans,
may be assigned by the Owner at any time prior to the Annuity Date and prior to
the death of an Owner (see "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS"). The Company will not
be deemed to have knowledge of an assignment unless it is made in writing and
filed at the Principal Office. The Company will not assume responsibility for
determining the validity of any assignment. If an assignment of the Contract is
in effect on the Annuity Date, the Company reserves the right to pay to the
assignee, in one sum, that portion of the Surrender Value of the Contract to
which the assignee appears to be entitled. The Company will pay the balance, if
any, in one sum to the Owner in full settlement of all liability under the
Contract. The interest of the Owner and of any beneficiary will be subject to
any assignment.
 
J. ELECTING THE FORM OF ANNUITY AND THE ANNUITY DATE
 
The Annuity Date is selected by the Owner. To the extent permitted by state law,
the Annuity Date may be the first day of any month (1) before the Owner's 85th
birthday, if the Owner's age on the issue date of the Contract is 75 or under;
or (2) within ten years from the issue date of the Contract and before the
Owner's 90th birthday, if the Owner's age on the issue date is between 76 and
90. The Owner may elect to change the Annuity Date by sending a request to the
Principal Office at least one month before the Annuity Date. To the extent
permitted by state law, the new Annuity Date must be the first day of any month
occurring before the Owner's 99th birthday. If there are Joint Owners, the age
of the younger will determine the Annuity Date. The Internal Revenue Code (the
"Code") and the terms of qualified plans impose limitations on the age at which
annuity benefit payments may commence and the type of annuity option selected.
See "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS" for further information.
 
Subject to certain restrictions described below, the Owner has the right (1) to
select the annuity option under which annuity benefit payments are to be made,
and (2) to determine whether payments are to be made on a fixed basis, a
variable basis, or a combination fixed and variable basis. Annuity benefit
payments are determined according to the annuity tables in the Contract, by the
annuity option selected, and by the investment performance of the accounts
selected.
 
To the extent a fixed annuity payout is selected, Accumulated Value will be
transferred to the Fixed Account of the Company, and the annuity benefit
payments will be fixed in amount. See APPENDIX A, "MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE
FIXED ACCOUNT."
 
Under a variable annuity payout, a payment to the Owner, or the payee the Owner
designates, equal to the value of the fixed number of Annuity Units in the
Sub-Accounts is made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Since the
value of an Annuity Unit in a Sub-Account will reflect the investment
performance of the Sub-Account, the amount of each annuity benefit payment will
vary.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
The annuity option(s) selected must produce an initial payment of at least $50
(a lower amount may be required in some states). The Company reserves the right
to increase this minimum amount. If the annuity option(s) selected do(es) not
produce an initial payment which meets this minimum, a single payment may be
made. Once the Company begins making annuity benefit payments, the Owner cannot
make withdrawals or surrender the annuity benefit, except where the Owner has
elected a commutable period certain option. Beneficiaries entitled to receive
remaining payments under either a commutable or non-commutable "period certain"
option may elect instead to receive a lump sum settlement. See "K. Description
of Variable Annuity Payout Options."
 
If the Owner does not elect otherwise, a variable life annuity with periodic
payments for ten years guaranteed will be purchased. Changes in either the
Annuity Date or annuity option can be made up to one month prior to the Annuity
Date.
 
If an Owner of a fixed annuity contract issued by the Company wishes to elect a
variable annuity option, the Company may permit such Owner to exchange, at the
time of annuitization, the fixed contract for a Contract offered in this
Prospectus. The proceeds of the fixed contract will be applied towards the
variable annuity option desired by the Owner. The number of Annuity Units under
the option will be calculated using the Annuity Unit values as of the 15th of
the month preceding the Annuity Date.
 
K. DESCRIPTION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTIONS
 
The Company provides the variable annuity payout options described below.
Currently, variable annuity payout options may be funded through the
Sub-Accounts investing in the Capital Growth Portfolio, the Equity-Income
Portfolio and the America Income Portfolio. The Company also provides these same
options funded through the Fixed Account (fixed annuity payout). Regardless of
how payments were allocated during the accumulation period, any of the variable
payout options or the fixed payout options may be selected, or any of the
variable options may be selected in combination with any of the fixed options.
Other annuity options may be offered by the Company. IRS regulations may not
permit certain of the available annuity payout options when used in connection
with certain qualified Contracts.
 
If the Owner (or, if there are Joint Owners, the surviving Joint Owner) dies on
or after the Annuity Date, the beneficiary will become the Owner of the contract
and receive any remaining annuity benefit payments in accordance with the terms
of the annuity benefit payment option selected prior to the Annuity Date. If
there are Joint Owners on or after the Annuity Date, upon the first Owner death,
any remaining annuity benefit payments will continue to the surviving Joint
Owner in accordance with the terms of the annuity benefit payment option
selected prior to the Annuity Date.
 
If the Owner selects an annuity payout option which provides for the
continuation of payments after the death of an Annuitant, upon the death of an
Annuitant on or after the Annuity Date, any remaining payments will continue to
be paid to the Owner or the payee the Owner has designated.
 
VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS GUARANTEED FOR TEN YEARS.  This variable
annuity is payable periodically during the lifetime of the Annuitant with the
guarantee that if the Annuitant should die before the guaranteed number of
payments have been made, the remaining annuity benefit payments will continue to
be paid.
 
VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY PAYABLE PERIODICALLY DURING LIFETIME OF THE ANNUITANT
ONLY.  This variable annuity is payable during the Annuitant's life. It would be
possible under this option for the Owner to receive only one annuity benefit
payment if the Annuitant dies prior to the due date of the second annuity
benefit payment, two annuity benefit payments if the Annuitant dies before the
due date of the third annuity benefit payment, and so on. Payments will
continue, however, during the lifetime of the Annuitant, no matter how long he
or she lives.
 
UNIT REFUND VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY.  This is an annuity payable periodically
during the lifetime of the Annuitant with the guarantee that if the Annuitant
dies and (1) exceeds (2), then periodic variable annuity
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
benefit payments will continue to the beneficiary until the number of such
payments equals the number determined in (1).
 
    Where:    (1)  is the dollar amount of the Accumulated Value divided by the
                   dollar amount of the first payment, and
 
              (2)  is the number of payments paid prior to the death of the
                   Annuitant.
 
JOINT AND SURVIVOR VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY.  This variable annuity is payable
during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and another individual (i.e. the
beneficiary or a Joint Annuitant), and then continues thereafter during the
lifetime of the survivor. The amount of each payment during the lifetime of the
survivor is based on the same number of Annuity Units which applied during their
joint lifetime. There is no minimum number of payments under this option.
 
JOINT AND TWO-THIRDS SURVIVOR VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY.  This variable annuity is
payable during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and another individual (i.e.
the beneficiary or a Joint Annuitant), and then continues thereafter during the
lifetime of the survivor. The amount of each periodic payment during the
lifetime of the survivor, however, is based upon two-thirds of the number of
Annuity Units which applied during their joint lifetime. There is no minimum
number of payments under this option.
 
PERIOD CERTAIN VARIABLE ANNUITY.  This variable annuity has periodic payments
for a stipulated number of years ranging from one to thirty. If the Annuitant
dies before the end of the period, remaining payments will continue to be paid.
This option may be commutable or noncommutable. A commutable option provides the
Owner with the right to request a lump sum payment of any remaining balance
after annuity payments have commenced. Under a non-commutable period certain
option, the Owner may not request a lump sum payment. See "ANNUITY BENEFIT
PAYMENTS" in the SAI.
 
It should be noted that the period certain option does not involve a life
contingency. In the computation of the payments under this option, the charge
for annuity rate guarantees, which includes a factor for mortality risks, is
made. Although not contractually required to do so, the Company currently
follows a practice of permitting persons receiving payments under a period
certain option to elect to convert to a variable annuity involving a life
contingency. The Company may discontinue or change this practice at any time,
but not with respect to election of the option made prior to the date of any
change in this practice.
 
L. ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS
 
THE ANNUITY UNIT.  On and after the Annuity Date, the Annuity Unit is a measure
of the value of the monthly annuity benefit payments under a variable annuity
payout option. The value of an Annuity Unit in each Sub-Account on its inception
date was set at $1.00. The value of an Annuity Unit under a Sub-Account on any
Valuation Date thereafter is equal to the value of such unit on the immediately
preceding Valuation Date, multiplied by the product of (1) the net investment
factor of the Sub-Account for the current Valuation Period, and (2) a factor to
adjust benefits to neutralize the assumed interest rate. The assumed interest
rate, discussed below, is incorporated in the variable annuity payout options
offered in the Contract.
 
DETERMINATION OF THE FIRST AND SUBSEQUENT ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS.  The first
periodic annuity benefit payment is based upon the Accumulated Value as of a
date not more than four weeks preceding the date that the first annuity benefit
payment is due. Variable annuity benefit payments are due on the first of a
month, which is the date the payment is to be received by the Annuitant, and
currently are based on unit values as of the 15th day of the preceding month.
 
The Contract provides annuity rates which determine the dollar amount of the
first periodic payment under each form of annuity for each $1,000 of applied
value. For life contingency options and non-commutable period certain options of
ten or more years (six or more years under New York contracts), the annuity
value is the Accumulated Value less any premium taxes and adjusted for any
Market Value Adjustment. For commutable period certain options or any period
certain option less than ten years (less than six years under New York
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
   
contracts), the value is the Surrender Value less any premium tax. For a death
benefit annuity, the annuity value will be the amount of the death benefit. The
annuity rates in the Contract are based on a modification of the Annuity 2000
Individual Mortality Table.
    
 
The amount of the first monthly payment depends upon the form of annuity
selected, the sex (however, see "M. NORRIS Decision") and age of the Annuitant
and/or beneficiary, if applicable, and the value of the amount applied under the
annuity option. The variable annuity payout options offered by the Company are
based on a 3.5% assumed interest rate. Variable payments are affected by the
assumed interest rate used in calculating the annuity option rates. Variable
annuity benefit payments will increase over periods when the actual net
investment result of the Sub-Accounts funding the annuity exceeds the equivalent
of the assumed interest rate for the period. Variable annuity benefit payments
will decrease over periods when the actual net investment result of the
respective Sub-Account is less than the equivalent of the assumed interest rate
for the period.
 
The dollar amount of the first periodic annuity benefit payment under life
annuity options and non-commutable period certain options of ten years or more
(six or more years under New York contracts) is determined by multiplying (1)
the Accumulated Value applied under that option (after application of any Market
Value Adjustment and less premium tax, if any) divided by $1,000, by (2) the
applicable amount of the first monthly payment per $1,000 of value. For
commutable period certain options and any period certain option of less than ten
years (less than six years under New York contracts), the Surrender Value less
premium taxes, if any, is used rather than the Accumulated Value. The dollar
amount of the first variable annuity benefit payment is then divided by the
value of an Annuity Unit of the selected Sub-Accounts to determine the number of
Annuity Units represented by the first payment. This number of Annuity Units
remains fixed under all annuity options except the joint and two-thirds survivor
annuity option. For each subsequent payment, the dollar amount of the variable
annuity benefit payment is determined by multiplying this fixed number of
Annuity Units by the value of an Annuity Unit on the applicable Valuation Date.
After the first benefit payment, the dollar amount of each periodic variable
annuity benefit payment will vary with subsequent variations in the value of the
Annuity Unit of the selected Sub-Accounts. The dollar amount of each fixed
amount annuity benefit payment is fixed and will not change, except under the
joint and two-thirds survivor annuity option.
 
From time to time, the Company may offer Owners both fixed and variable annuity
rates more favorable than those contained in the Contract. Any such rates will
be applied uniformly to all Owners of the same class.
 
For an illustration of a variable annuity benefit payment calculation using a
hypothetical example, see "ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS" in the SAI.
 
M. NORRIS DECISION
 
In the case of ARIZONA GOVERNING COMMITTEE V. NORRIS, the United States Supreme
Court ruled that, in connection with retirement benefit options offered under
certain employer-sponsored employee benefit plans, annuity options based on
sex-distinct actuarial tables are not permissible under Title VII of the Civil
Rights Act of 1964. The ruling requires that benefits derived from contributions
paid into a plan after August 1, 1983 be calculated without regard to the sex of
the employee. Annuity benefits attributable to payments received by the Company
under a Contract issued in connection with an employer-sponsored benefit plan
affected by the NORRIS decision will be based on the greater of (1) the
Company's unisex non-guaranteed current annuity option rates, or (2) the
guaranteed unisex rates described in such Contract, regardless of whether the
Annuitant is male or female.
 
N. COMPUTATION OF VALUES
 
THE ACCUMULATION UNIT.  Each net payment is allocated to the accounts selected
by the Owner. Allocations to the Sub-Accounts are credited to the Contract in
the form of Accumulation Units. Accumulation Units are credited separately for
each Sub-Account. The number of Accumulation Units of each Sub-Account credited
to the Contract is equal to the portion of the net payment allocated to the
Sub-Account, divided by the dollar value of the applicable Accumulation Unit as
of the Valuation Date the payment is received at the Principal
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
Office. The number of Accumulation Units resulting from each payment will remain
fixed unless changed by a subsequent split of Accumulation Unit value, a
transfer, a withdrawal or surrender. The dollar value of an Accumulation Unit of
each Sub-Account varies from Valuation Date to Valuation Date based on the
investment experience of that Sub-Account, and will reflect the investment
performance, expenses and charges of its Underlying Portfolios. The value of an
Accumulation Unit at inception was set at $1.00 on the first Valuation Date for
each Sub-Account.
 
Allocations to the Guarantee Period Accounts and the Fixed Account are not
converted into Accumulation Units, but are credited interest at a rate
periodically set by the Company. See APPENDIX B, "THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT."
 
The Accumulated Value under the Contract is determined by (1) multiplying the
number of Accumulation Units in each Sub-Account by the value of an Accumulation
Unit of that Sub-Account on the Valuation Date, (2) adding the products, and (3)
adding the amount of the accumulations in the Fixed Account and Guarantee Period
Accounts, if any.
 
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR.  The Net Investment Factor is an index that measures the
investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next.
This factor is equal to 1.000000 plus the result from dividing (1) by (2) and
subtracting (3) and (4) where:
 
(1) is the investment income of a Sub-Account for the Valuation Period,
    including realized or unrealized capital gains and losses during the
    Valuation Period, adjusted for provisions made for taxes, if any;
 
(2) is the value of that Sub-Account's assets at the beginning of the Valuation
    Period;
 
(3) is a charge for mortality and expense risks equal to 1.25% on an annual
    basis of the daily value of the Sub-Account's assets; and
 
(4) is an administrative charge equal to 0.15% on an annual basis of the daily
    value of the Sub-Account's assets.
 
The dollar value of an Accumulation Unit as of a given Valuation Date is
determined by multiplying the dollar value of the corresponding Accumulation
Unit as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date by the appropriate net
investment factor.
 
For an illustration of an Accumulation Unit calculation using a hypothetical
example see "ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS" in the SAI.
 
                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
 
Deductions under the Contract and charges against the assets of the Sub-Accounts
are described below. Other deductions and expenses paid out of the assets of the
Underlying Portfolios are described in the prospectus and SAI for the Fund.
 
A. VARIABLE ACCOUNT DEDUCTIONS
 
MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE.  The Company makes a daily charge equal to an
annual rate of 1.25% of the value of each Sub-Account's assets to cover the
mortality and expense risk which the Company assumes in relation to the variable
portion of the Contract. The charge is imposed during both the accumulation
phase and the annuity payout phase. The mortality risk arises from the Company's
guarantee that it will make annuity benefit payments in accordance with annuity
rate provisions established at the time the Contract is issued for the life of
the Annuitant (or in accordance with the annuity option selected), no matter how
long the Annuitant (or other individual) lives and no matter how long all
Annuitants as a class live. Therefore, the mortality charge is deducted during
the annuity payout phase on all Contracts, including those that do not involve a
life contingency, even though the Company does not bear direct mortality risk
with respect to variable annuity settlement options that do not involve life
contingencies. The expense risk arises from the Company's guarantee that the
charges it makes will not exceed the limits described in the Contract and in
this Prospectus.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
   
If the charge for mortality and expense risks is not sufficient to cover actual
mortality experience and expenses, the Company will absorb the losses. If
expenses are less than the amounts provided to the Company by the charge, the
difference will be a profit to the Company. To the extent this charge results in
a profit to the Company, such profit will be available for use by the Company
for, among other things, the payment of distribution, sales and other expenses.
Since mortality and expense risks involve future contingencies which are not
subject to precise determination in advance, it is not feasible to identify
specifically the portion of the charge which is applicable to each. The Company
intends to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through profits from the
Company's General Account, which may include amounts derived from mortality and
expense risk charges.
    
 
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE.  The Company assesses each Sub-Account with a
daily charge equal to an annual rate of 0.15% of the average daily net assets of
the Sub-Account. The charge is imposed during both the accumulation phase and
the annuity payout phase. The daily administrative expense charge is assessed to
help defray administrative expenses actually incurred in the administration of
the Sub-Account, without profits. There is no direct relationship, however,
between the amount of administrative expenses imposed on a given Contract and
the amount of expenses actually attributable to that Contract.
 
Deductions for the Contract fee (see B. "Contract Fee" below) and for the
administrative expense charge are designed to reimburse the Company for the cost
of administration and related expenses and are not expected to be a source of
profit. The administrative functions and expense assumed by the Company in
connection with the Variable Account and the Contract include, but are not
limited to, clerical, accounting, actuarial and legal services, rent, postage,
telephone, office equipment and supplies, expenses of preparing and printing
registration statements, expense of preparing and typesetting prospectuses and
the cost of printing prospectuses not allocable to sales expense, filing and
other fees.
 
OTHER CHARGES.  Because the Sub-Accounts purchase shares of the Underlying
Portfolios, the value of the net assets of the Sub-Accounts will reflect the
investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Underlying
Portfolios. The prospectus and SAI for the Fund contain additional information
concerning expenses of the Underlying Portfolios.
 
B. CONTRACT FEE
 
   
A $35 Contract fee currently is deducted on the Contract anniversary and upon
full surrender of the Contract if the Accumulated Value on any of these dates is
less than $75,000. (This fee may vary by state. See your Contract for more
information.) Where Contract value has been allocated to more than one account,
a percentage of the total Contract fee will be deducted from the value in each
account. The portion of the charge deducted from each account will be equal to
the percentage which the value in that account bears to the Accumulated Value
under the Contract. The deduction of the Contract fee from a Sub-Account will
result in cancellation of a number of Accumulation Units equal in value to the
percentage of the charge deducted from that account.
    
 
Where permitted by law, the Contract fee also may be waived for Contracts where,
on the date of issue, either the Owner or the Annuitant is within the following
classes of individuals: employees and registered representatives of any
broker-dealer which has entered into a sales agreement with the Company to sell
the Contract; employees of the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries;
officers, directors, trustees and employees of any of the Portfolios; investment
managers or sub-advisers; and the spouses of and immediate family members
residing in the same household with such eligible persons. "Immediate family
members" means children, siblings, parents and grandparents.
 
   
C. OPTIONAL ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER CHARGE
    
 
Subject to state availability, the Company offers an optional Enhanced Death
Benefit Rider that may be elected by the Owner. A separate monthly charge is
made for the rider. On the last day of each month and on the date the rider is
terminated, a charge equal to 1/12th of an annual rate of 0.25% is made against
the Accumulated Value of the Contract at that time. The charge is deducted in
arrears through a pro-rata reduction
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
(based on relative values in Accumulation Units of the Sub-Accounts, of dollar
amounts in the Fixed Account, and of dollar amounts in the Guarantee Period
Accounts).
 
For a description of this rider, see "G. Death Benefit" under "DESCRIPTION OF
THE CONTRACT," above.
 
D. PREMIUM TAXES
 
Some states and municipalities impose a premium tax on variable annuity
contracts. State premium taxes currently range up to 3.5%.
 
The Company makes a charge for state and municipal premium taxes, when
applicable, and deducts the amount paid as a premium tax charge. The current
practice of the Company is to deduct the premium tax charge in one of two ways:
 
1.  if the premium tax was paid by the Company when payments were received, the
    premium tax charge is deducted on a pro-rata basis when withdrawals are
    made, upon surrender of the Contract, or when annuity benefit payments begin
    (the Company reserves the right instead to deduct the premium tax charge for
    these Contracts at the time the payments are received); or
 
2.  the premium tax charge is deducted when annuity benefit payments begin.
 
In no event will a deduction be taken before the Company has incurred a tax
liability under applicable state law.
 
   
The Company reserves the right to deduct the premium tax charge at the time
payment into the Contract is received. In addition, if no amount for premium tax
was deducted at the time the payment was received, but subsequently tax is
determined to be due prior to the Annuity Date, the Company reserves the right
to deduct the premium tax from the Contract value at the time such determination
is made.
    
 
E. TRANSFER CHARGE
 
The Company currently makes no charge for processing transfers. The Company
guarantees that the first 12 transfers in a Contract year will be free of
transfer charge, but reserves the right to assess a charge, guaranteed never to
exceed $25, for each subsequent transfer in a Contract year. For more
information, see "D. Transfer Privilege."
 
                           GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS
 
Due to certain exemptive and exclusionary provisions in the securities laws,
interests in the Guarantee Period Accounts and the Company's Fixed Account are
not registered as an investment company under the provisions of the Securities
Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act") or the 1940 Act. Accordingly, the staff of the SEC
has not reviewed the disclosures in this Prospectus relating to the Guarantee
Period Accounts or the Fixed Account. Nevertheless, disclosures regarding the
Guarantee Period Accounts and the Fixed Account of the Contract or any fixed
benefits offered under these accounts may be subject to the provisions of the
1933 Act relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in the
Prospectus.
 
INVESTMENT OPTIONS.  In most jurisdictions, Guarantee Periods ranging from two
through ten years may be available. Each Guarantee Period established for the
Owner is accounted for separately in a non-unitized segregated account. Each
Guarantee Period Account provides for the accumulation of interest at a
Guaranteed Interest Rate. The Guaranteed Interest Rate on amounts allocated or
transferred to a Guarantee Period Account is determined from time to time by the
Company in accordance with market conditions. Once an interest rate is in effect
for a Guarantee Period Account, however, the Company may not change it during
the duration of the Guarantee Period. In no event will the Guaranteed Interest
Rate be less than 3%.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
To the extent permitted by law, the Company reserves the right at any time to
offer Guarantee Periods with durations that differ from those which were
available when a Contract initially was issued and to stop accepting new
allocations, transfers or renewals to a particular Guarantee Period.
 
Owners may allocate net payments or make transfers from any of the Sub-Accounts,
the Fixed Account or an existing Guarantee Period Account to establish a new
Guarantee Period Account at any time prior to the Annuity Date. Transfers from a
Guarantee Period Account on any date other than on the day following the
expiration of that Guarantee Period will be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment. The Company establishes a separate investment account each time the
Owner allocates or transfers amounts to a Guarantee Period except that amounts
allocated to the same Guarantee Period on the same day will be treated as one
Guarantee Period Account. The minimum that may be allocated to establish a
Guarantee Period Account is $1,000. If less than $1,000 is allocated, the
Company reserves the right to apply that amount to the Money Market Portfolio.
The Owner may allocate amounts to any of the Guarantee Periods available.
 
   
At least 45 days (but not more than 75 days) prior to the end of a Guarantee
Period, the Company will notify the Owner in writing of the expiration of that
Guarantee Period. At the end of a Guarantee Period the Owner may transfer
amounts to the Sub-Accounts, the Fixed Account or establish a new Guarantee
Period Account of any duration then offered by the Company without a Market
Value Adjustment. If reallocation instructions are not received at the Principal
Office before the end of a Guarantee Period, the account value automatically
will be applied to a new Guarantee Period Account with the same duration unless
(1) less than $1,000 would remain in the Guarantee Period Account on its
expiration date, or (2) the Guarantee Period would extend beyond the Annuity
Date or is no longer available. In such cases, the Guarantee Period Account
value will be transferred to the Sub-Account investing in the Money Market
Portfolio. Where amounts have been renewed automatically in a new Guarantee
Period, it is the Company's current practice to give the Owner an additional 30
days to transfer out of the Guarantee Period Account without application of a
Market Value Adjustment. This practice may be discontinued or changed at the
Company's discretion. Under contracts issued in New York, the Company will
transfer monies out of the Guarantee Period Account without application of a
Market Value Adjustment if the Owner's request is received within ten days of
the renewal date.
    
 
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.  No Market Value Adjustment will be applied to
transfers, withdrawals, or a surrender from a Guarantee Period Account on the
expiration of its Guarantee Period. In addition, no negative Market Value
Adjustment will be applied to a death benefit although a positive Market Value
Adjustment, if any, will be applied to increase the value of the death benefit
when based on the Contract's Accumulated Value. See "G. Death Benefit." All
other transfers, withdrawals, or a surrender prior to the end of a Guarantee
Period will be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, which may increase or
decrease the account value. Amounts applied under an annuity option are treated
as withdrawals when calculating the Market Value Adjustment. The Market Value
Adjustment will be determined by multiplying the amount taken from each
Guarantee Period Account by the market value factor. The market value factor for
each Guarantee Period Account is equal to:
 
                              [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>        <C>
where:             i  is the Guaranteed Interest Rate expressed as a decimal (for example 3% =
                      0.03) being credited to the current Guarantee Period;
                   j  is the new Guaranteed Interest Rate, expressed as a decimal, for a
                      Guarantee Period with a duration equal to the number of years remaining in
                      the current Guarantee Period, rounded to the next higher number of whole
                      years. If that rate is not available, the Company will use a suitable rate
                      or index allowed by the Department of Insurance; and
                   n  is the number of days remaining from the Effective Valuation Date to the
                      end of the current Guarantee Period.
</TABLE>
 
Based on the application of this formula, the value of a Guarantee Period
Account will increase after the Market Value Adjustment is applied if the then
current market rates are lower than the rate being credited to the Guarantee
Period Account. Similarly, the value of a Guarantee Period Account will decrease
after the
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
Market Value Adjustment is applied if the then current market rates are higher
than the rate being credited to the Guarantee Period Account. The Market Value
Adjustment is limited, however, so that even if the account value is decreased
after application of a Market Value Adjustment, it will equal or exceed the
Owner's principal plus 3% earnings per year less applicable Contract fees.
Conversely, if the then current market rates are lower and the account value is
increased after the Market Value Adjustment is applied, the increase in value is
also affected by the minimum guaranteed rate of 3% such that the amount that
will be added to the Guarantee Period Account is limited to the difference
between the amount earned and the 3% minimum guaranteed earnings. For examples
of how the Market Value Adjustment works, see APPENDIX B, "THE MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT".
 
BUILD WITH INTEREST AND GROWTH PROGRAM.  Under this feature, the Owner elects a
Guarantee Period and one or more Sub-Accounts. The Company will then compute the
proportion of the initial payment that must be allocated to the Guarantee Period
selected, assuming no transfers or withdrawals, in order to ensure that on the
last day of the Guarantee Period it will equal the amount of the entire initial
payment. The required amount then will be allocated to the pre-selected
Guarantee Period Account and the remaining balance to the other investment
options selected by the Owner in accordance with the procedures described in "A.
Payments."
 
WITHDRAWALS.  Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may make withdrawals of
amounts held in the Guarantee Period Accounts. Withdrawals from these accounts
will be made in the same manner and be subject to the same rules as set forth
under "E. Surrender" and "F. Withdrawals." In addition, the following provisions
also apply to withdrawals from a Guarantee Period Account: (1) a Market Value
Adjustment will apply to all withdrawals, unless made at the end of the
Guarantee Period; and (2) the Company reserves the right to defer payments of
amounts withdrawn from a Guarantee Period Account for up to six months from the
date it receives the withdrawal request. If deferred for 30 days or more, the
Company will pay interest on the amount deferred at a rate of at least 3%.
 
In the event that a Market Value Adjustment applies to a withdrawal of a portion
of the value of a Guarantee Period Account, it will be calculated on the amount
requested and deducted or added to the amount remaining in the Guarantee Period
Account. If the entire amount in a Guarantee Period Account is requested, the
adjustment will be made to the amount payable.
 
                           FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
The effect of federal income taxes on the value of a Contract, on withdrawals or
surrenders, on annuity benefit payments, and on the economic benefit to the
Owner or beneficiary depends upon a variety of factors. The following discussion
is based upon the Company's understanding of current federal income tax laws as
they are interpreted as of the date of this Prospectus. No representation is
made regarding the likelihood of continuation of current federal income tax laws
or of current interpretations by the IRS. In addition, this discussion does not
address state or local tax consequences that may be associated with the
Contract.
 
IT SHOULD BE RECOGNIZED THAT THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX
ASPECTS OF AMOUNTS RECEIVED UNDER VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE,
DOES NOT PURPORT TO COVER ALL SITUATIONS, AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. A
QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER ALWAYS SHOULD BE CONSULTED WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION
OF LAW TO INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES.
 
The Company intends to make a charge for any effect which the income, assets, or
existence of the Contract, the Variable Account or the Sub-Accounts may have
upon its tax. The Variable Account presently is not subject to tax, but the
Company reserves the right to assess a charge for taxes should the Variable
Account at any time become subject to tax. Any charge for taxes will be assessed
on a fair and equitable basis in order to preserve equity among classes of
Owners and with respect to each separate account as though that separate account
were a separate taxable entity.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
The Variable Account is considered a part of and taxed with the operations of
the Company. The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under Subchapter L
of the Code. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its affiliates.
 
Under Section 817(h) of the Code, a variable annuity contract will not be
treated as an annuity contract for any period during which the investments made
by the Separate Account or Underlying Fund are not adequately diversified in
accordance with regulations prescribed by the Treasury Department. If a Contract
is not treated as an annuity contract, the income on a contract, for any taxable
year of an owner, would be treated as ordinary income received or accrued by the
owner. The IRS has issued regulations relating to the diversification
requirements for variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts under
Section 817(h) of the Code. The regulations provide that the investments of a
segregated asset account underlying a variable annuity contract are adequately
diversified if no more than 55% of the value of its assets is represented by any
one investment, no more than 70% by any two investments, no more than 80% by any
three investments, and no more than 90% by any four investments. It is
anticipated that the Portfolios of the Fund will comply with the current
diversification requirements. In the event that future IRS regulations and/or
rulings would require Contract modifications in order to remain in compliance
with the diversification standards, the Company will make reasonable efforts to
comply, and it reserves the right to make such changes as it deems appropriate
for that purpose.
 
In addition, in order for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax
deferral, the Company, and not the variable contract owner, must be considered
to be the owner for tax purposes of the assets in the segregated asset account
underlying the variable annuity contract. In certain circumstances, however,
variable annuity contract owners may be considered the owners of these assets
for federal income tax purposes. Specifically, the IRS has stated in published
rulings that a variable annuity contract owner may be considered the owner of
segregated account assets if the contract owner possesses incidents of ownership
in those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the
assets. The Treasury Department has also announced, in connection with the
issuance of regulations concerning investment diversification, that those
regulations "do not provide guidance governing the circumstances in which
investor control of the investments of a segregated asset account may cause the
investor (i.e., the contract owner), rather than the insurance company, to be
treated as the owner of the assets in the account." This announcement also
states that guidance would be issued by way of regulations or rulings on the
"extent to which policyholders may direct their investments to particular
sub-accounts without being treated as owners of the underlying assets." As of
the date of this Prospectus, no such guidance has been issued. The Company
therefore additionally reserves the right to modify the Contract as necessary in
order to attempt to prevent a contract owner from being considered the owner of
a pro rata share of the assets of the segregated asset account underlying the
variable annuity contracts.
 
A. QUALIFIED AND NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
 
From a federal tax viewpoint there are two types of variable annuity contracts:
"qualified" contracts and "non-qualified" contracts. A qualified contract is one
that is purchased in connection with a retirement plan which meets the
requirements of Sections 401, 403, or 408 of the Code, while a non-qualified
contract is one that is not purchased in connection with one of the indicated
retirement plans. The tax treatment for certain withdrawals or surrenders will
vary, depending on whether they are made from a qualified contract or a non-
qualified contract. For more information on the tax provisions applicable to
qualified contracts, see Section D below.
 
B. TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT IN GENERAL
 
   
The Company believes that the Contract described in this Prospectus will, with
certain exceptions (see "Non-Natural Owners" below), be considered an annuity
contract under Section 72 of the Code. Please note, however, if the Owner
chooses an Annuity Date beyond the Owner's 85th birthday, it is possible that
the Owner will be taxed on the annual increase in the Accumulated Value. The
Owner should consult tax and
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
   
financial advisors for more information. This section governs the taxation of
annuities. The following discussion concerns annuities subject to Section 72.
    
 
WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO ANNUITIZATION.  With certain exceptions, any increase in
the Contract's Accumulated Value is not taxable to the Owner until it is
withdrawn from the Contract. If the Contract is surrendered or amounts are
withdrawn prior to the Annuity Date, any withdrawal of investment gain in value
over the cost basis of the Contract will be taxed as ordinary income. Under the
current provisions of the Code, amounts received under an annuity contract prior
to annuitization (including payments made upon the death of the annuitant or
owner), generally are first attributable to any investment gains credited to the
contract over the taxpayer's "investment in the contract." Such amounts will be
treated as gross income subject to federal income taxation. "Investment in the
contract" is the total of all payments to the Contract which were not excluded
from the Owner's gross income less any amounts previously withdrawn which were
not included in income. Section 72(e)(11)(A)(ii) requires that all non-qualified
deferred annuity contracts issued by the same insurance company to the same
owner during a single calendar year be treated as one contract in determining
taxable distributions.
 
ANNUITY PAYOUTS AFTER ANNUITIZATION.  When annuity benefit payments are
commenced under the Contract, generally a portion of each payment may be
excluded from gross income. The excludable portion generally is determined by a
formula that establishes the ratio that the investment in the Contract bears to
the expected return under the Contract. The portion of the payment in excess of
this excludable amount is taxable as ordinary income. Once all the investment in
the Contract is recovered, the entire payment is taxable to the Owner, whether
or not the Owner is receiving the payments. If an Owner dies before the
investment in the Contract is recovered, a deduction for the difference is
allowed on the Owner's final tax return.
 
   
PENALTY ON DISTRIBUTION.  A 10% penalty tax may be imposed on the withdrawal of
investment gains if the withdrawal is made prior to age 59 1/2. The penalty tax
will not be imposed on withdrawals taken on or after age 59 1/2 or if the
withdrawal follows the death of an Owner (or, if the Owner is not an individual,
the death of the primary Annuitant, as defined in the Code) or, in the case of
the Owner's "total disability" (as defined in the Code). Furthermore, under
Section 72 of the Code, this penalty tax will not be imposed, irrespective of
age, if the amount received is one of a series of "substantially equal" periodic
payments made at least annually for the life or life expectancy of the Owner.
This requirement is met when the Owner elects to have distributions made over
the Owner's life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of the Owner and
beneficiary. The requirement that the amount be paid out as one of a series of
"substantially equal" periodic payments is met when the number of units
withdrawn to make each distribution is substantially the same. Any modification,
other than by reason of death or disability, of distributions which are part of
a series of substantially equal periodic payments that occurs before the Owner's
age 59 1/2 or five years, will subject the Owner to the 10% penalty tax on the
prior distributions. In addition to the exceptions above, the penalty tax will
not apply to withdrawals from a qualified Contract made to an employee who has
terminated employment after reaching age 55.
    
 
In a Private Letter Ruling, the IRS took the position that where distributions
from a variable annuity contract were determined by amortizing the accumulated
value of the contract over the taxpayer's remaining life expectancy (such as
under the Contract's LED option), and the option could be changed or terminated
at any time, the distributions failed to qualify as part of a "series of
substantially equal payments" within the meaning of Section 72 of the Code. The
distributions, therefore, were subject to the 10% federal penalty tax. This
Private Letter Ruling may be applicable to an Owner who receives distributions
under the LED option prior to age 59 1/2. Subsequent Private Letter Rulings,
however, have treated LED-type withdrawal programs as effectively avoiding the
10% penalty tax. The position of the IRS on this issue is unclear.
 
ASSIGNMENTS OR TRANSFERS.  If the Owner transfers (assigns) the Contract to
another individual as a gift prior to the Annuity Date, the Code provides that
the Owner will incur taxable income at the time of the transfer. An exception is
provided for certain transfers between spouses. The amount of taxable income
upon such taxable
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
transfer is equal to any investment gain in value over the Owner's cost basis at
the time of the transfer. The transfer also is subject to federal gift tax
provisions.
 
NON-NATURAL OWNERS.  As a general rule, deferred annuity contracts owned by
"non-natural persons" (e.g., a corporation) are not treated as annuity contracts
for federal tax purposes, and the investment income attributable to
contributions made after February 28, 1986 is taxed as ordinary income that is
received or accrued by the owner during the taxable year. This rule does not
apply to annuity contracts purchased with a single payment when the annuity date
is no later than a year from the issue date or to deferred annuities owned by
qualified employer plans, estates, employers with respect to a terminated
pension plan, and entities other than employers, such as a trust, holding an
annuity as an agent for a natural person. This exception, however, will not
apply in cases of any employer who is the owner of an annuity contract under a
non-qualified deferred compensation plan.
 
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS AND TAX-EXEMPT
ORGANIZATIONS. Under Section 457 of the Code, deferred compensation plans
established by governmental and certain other tax-exempt employers for their
employees may invest in annuity contracts. Contributions and investment earnings
are not taxable to employees until distributed; however, with respect to
payments made after February 28, 1986, a Contract owned by a state or local
government or a tax-exempt organization will not be treated as an annuity under
Section 72 as well. In addition, plan assets are treated as property of the
employer, and are subject to the claims of the employer's general creditors.
 
C. TAX WITHHOLDING
 
The Code requires withholding with respect to payments or distributions from
non-qualified contracts and IRAs, unless a taxpayer elects not to have
withholding. A 20% withholding requirement applies to distributions from most
other qualified contracts. In addition, the Code requires reporting to the IRS
of the amount of income received with respect to payment or distributions from
annuities.
 
The tax treatment of certain withdrawals or surrenders of the non-qualified
Contracts offered by this Prospectus will vary according to whether the amount
withdrawn or surrendered is allocable to an investment in the Contract made
before or after certain dates.
 
D. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO QUALIFIED EMPLOYER PLANS
 
The tax rules applicable to qualified retirement plans, as defined by the Code,
are complex and vary according to the type of plan. Benefits under a qualified
plan may be subject to that plan's terms and conditions irrespective of the
terms and conditions of any annuity contract used to fund such benefits. As
such, the following is simply a general description of various types of
qualified plans that may use the Contract. Before purchasing any annuity
contract for use in funding a qualified plan, more specific information should
be obtained.
 
Qualified Contracts may include special provisions (endorsements) changing or
restricting rights and benefits otherwise available to Owners of non-qualified
Contracts. Individuals purchasing a qualified Contract should carefully review
any such changes or limitations which may include restrictions to ownership,
transferability, assignability, contributions, and distributions.
 
CORPORATE AND SELF-EMPLOYED ("H.R. 10" AND "KEOGH") PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING
PLANS.  Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 403(a) of the Code permit business employers
and certain associations to establish various types of tax-favored retirement
plans for employees. The Self-Employed Individuals' Tax Retirement Act of 1962,
as amended, permits self-employed individuals to establish similar plans for
themselves and their employees. Employers intending to use qualified Contracts
in connection with such plans should seek competent advice as to the suitability
of the Contracts to their specific needs and as to applicable Code limitations
and tax consequences.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
The Company can provide prototype plans for certain pension or profit sharing
plans for review by the plan's legal counsel. For information, ask your
financial representative.
 
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES.  Section 408 of the Code permits eligible
individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an
Individual Retirement Annuity ("IRA"). Note: This term covers all IRAs permitted
under Section 408(b) of the Code, including Roth IRAs. IRAs are subject to
limits on the amounts that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible,
and on the time when distributions may commence. In addition, certain
distributions from other types of retirement plans may be "rolled over," on a
tax-deferred basis, to an IRA. Purchasers of an IRA Contract will be provided
with supplementary information as may be required by the IRS or other
appropriate agency, and will have the right to Cancel the Contract as described
in this Prospectus. See "B. Right to Cancel Individual Retirement Annuity."
 
Eligible employers that meet specified criteria may establish simplified
employee pension plans (SEP-IRAs) or SIMPLE IRA plans for their employees using
IRAs. Employer contributions that may be made to such plans are larger than the
amounts that may be contributed to regular IRAs and may be deductible to the
employer.
 
TAX-SHELTERED ANNUITIES ("TSAS").  Under the provisions of Section 403(b) of the
Code, payments made to contracts purchased for employees under annuity plans
adopted by public school systems and certain organizations which are tax-exempt
under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code are excludable from the gross income of such
employees to the extent that total annual payments do not exceed the maximum
contribution permitted under the Code. Purchasers of TSA Contracts should seek
competent advice as to eligibility, limitations on permissible payments and
other tax consequences associated with the contracts.
 
Withdrawals or other distributions attributable to salary reduction
contributions (including earnings thereon) made to a TSA Contract after December
31, 1988, may not begin before the employee attains age 59 1/2, separates from
service, dies or becomes disabled. In the case of hardship, an Owner may
withdraw amounts contributed by salary reduction, but not the earnings on such
amounts. Even though a distribution may be permitted under these rules (e.g.,
for hardship or after separation from service), it may be subject to a 10%
penalty tax as a premature distribution, in addition to income tax.
 
TEXAS OPTIONAL RETIREMENT PROGRAM.  Distributions under a TSA contract issued to
participants in the Texas Optional Retirement Program may not be received except
in the case of the participant's death, retirement or termination of employment
in the Texas public institutions of higher education. These additional
restrictions are imposed under the Texas Government Code and a prior opinion of
the Texas Attorney General.
 
                                    REPORTS
 
An Owner is sent a report semi-annually which states certain financial
information about the Underlying Portfolios. The Company also will furnish an
annual report to the Owner containing a statement of his or her account,
including Accumulation Unit values and other information as required by
applicable law, rules and regulations.
 
                        LOANS (QUALIFIED CONTRACTS ONLY)
 
Loans are available to owners of TSA contracts (i.e., contracts issued under
Section 403(b) of the Code) and to contracts issued to plans qualified under
Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code. Loans are subject to provisions of the
Code and to applicable qualified retirement plan rules. Tax advisers and plan
fiduciaries should be consulted prior to exercising loan privileges.
 
Loaned amounts will be withdrawn first from Sub-Account and Fixed Account values
on a pro-rata basis until exhausted. Thereafter, any additional amounts will be
withdrawn from the Guarantee Period Accounts (pro rata by duration and LIFO
within each duration), subject to any applicable Market Value Adjustments. The
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
maximum loan amount will be determined under the Company's maximum loan formula.
The minimum loan amount is $1,000. Loans will be secured by a security interest
in the Contract and the amount borrowed will be transferred to a loan asset
account within the Company's General Account, where it will accrue interest at a
specified rate below the then-current loan rate. Generally, loans must be repaid
within five years or less, and repayments must be made quarterly and in
substantially equal amounts. Repayments will be allocated pro rata in accordance
with the most recent payment allocation, except that any allocations to a
Guarantee Period Account will be allocated instead to the Money Market
Portfolio.
 
               ADDITION, DELETION OR SUBSTITUTION OF INVESTMENTS
 
The Company reserves the right, subject to applicable law, to make additions to,
deletions from, or substitutions for the shares that are held in the
Sub-Accounts or that the Sub-Accounts may purchase. If the shares of any
Underlying Portfolio no longer are available for investment or if, in the
Company's judgment, further investment in any Underlying Portfolio should become
inappropriate in view of the purposes of the Variable Account or the affected
Sub-Account, the Company may withdraw the shares of that Underlying Portfolio
and substitute shares of another registered open-end management company. The
Company will not substitute any shares attributable to the Contract interest in
a Sub-Account without notice to the Owner and prior approval of the SEC and
state insurance authorities, to the extent required by the 1940 Act or other
applicable law. The Variable Account may, to the extent permitted by law,
purchase other securities for other contracts or permit a conversion between
contracts upon request by an Owner.
 
The Company also reserves the right to establish additional sub-accounts of the
Variable Account, each of which would invest in shares corresponding to a new
Underlying Portfolio or in shares of another investment company having a
specified investment objective. Subject to applicable law and any required SEC
approval, the Company may, in its sole discretion, establish new sub-accounts or
eliminate one or more Sub-Accounts if marketing needs, tax considerations or
investment conditions warrant. Any new Sub-Accounts may be made available to
existing Owners on a basis to be determined by the Company.
 
Shares of the Underlying Portfolios may be issued to variable accounts of the
Company and its affiliates which issue variable life contracts ("mixed
funding"). Shares of the Portfolios may be also issued to other unaffiliated
insurance companies ("shared funding"). It is conceivable that in the future
such mixed funding or shared funding may be disadvantageous for variable life
owners or variable annuity owners. Although neither the Company nor the Fund
currently foresees any such disadvantages to either variable life owners or
variable annuity owners, the Company and the trustee intend to monitor events in
order to identify any material conflicts between such owners, and to determine
what action, if any, should be taken in response thereto. If it were concluded
that separate funds should be established for variable life and variable annuity
separate accounts, the Company will bear the attendant expenses.
 
If any of these substitutions or changes is made, the Company may endorse the
Contract to reflect the substitution or change, and will notify Owners of all
such changes. If the Company deems it to be in the best interest of Owners, and
subject to any approvals that may be required under applicable law, the Variable
Account or any Sub-Accounts may be operated as a management company under the
1940 Act, may be deregistered under the 1940 Act if registration is no longer
required, or may be combined with other Sub-Accounts or other separate accounts
of the Company.
 
The Company reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to:
(1) transfer assets from the Variable Account or any of its Sub-Accounts to
another of the Company's separate accounts or sub-accounts having assets of the
same class; (2) to operate the Variable Account or any Sub-Account as a
management investment company under the 1940 Act or in any other form permitted
by law; (3) to deregister the Variable Account under the 1940 Act in accordance
with the requirements of the 1940 Act; (4) to substitute the shares of any other
registered investment company for the Underlying Portfolio shares held by a
Sub-Account, in the event that Underlying Portfolio shares are unavailable for
investment, or if the Company determines that further investment in such
Underlying Fund shares is inappropriate in view of the purpose of the Sub-
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
Account; (5) to change the methodology for determining the net investment
factor,; and (6) to change the names of the Variable Account or of the
Sub-Accounts. In no event will the changes described above be made without
notice to Owners in accordance with the 1940 Act.
 
                   CHANGES TO COMPLY WITH LAW AND AMENDMENTS
 
The Company reserves the right, without the consent of Owners, to suspend sales
of the Contract as presently offered, and to make any change to provisions of
the Contract to comply with, or give Owners the benefit of, any federal or state
statute, rule or regulation, including but not limited to requirements for
annuity contracts and retirement plans under the Code. Any such changes will
apply uniformly to all Contracts that are affected. You will be given written
notice of such changes.
 
                                 VOTING RIGHTS
 
The Company will vote Underlying Portfolio shares held by each Sub-Account in
accordance with instructions received from Owners. Each person having a voting
interest in a Sub-Account will be provided with proxy materials of the
Underlying Portfolio, together with a form with which to give voting
instructions to the Company. Shares for which no timely instructions are
received will be voted in proportion to the instructions which are received. The
Company also will vote shares in a Sub-Account that it owns and which are not
attributable to Contracts in the same proportion. If the 1940 Act or any rules
thereunder should be amended or if the present interpretation of the 1940 Act or
such rules should change, and as a result the Company determines that it is
permitted to vote shares in its own right, whether or not such shares are
attributable to the Contract, the Company reserves the right to do so.
 
The number of votes which an Owner may cast will be determined by the Company as
of the record date established by the Underlying Portfolio. During the
accumulation period, the number of Underlying Portfolio shares attributable to
each Owner will be determined by dividing the dollar value of the Accumulation
Units of the Sub-Account credited to the Contract by the net asset value of one
Underlying Portfolio share. During the annuity period, the number of Underlying
Portfolio shares attributable to each Owner will be determined by dividing the
reserve held in each Sub-Account for the Owner's variable annuity by the net
asset value of one Underlying Portfolio share. Ordinarily, the Owner's voting
interest in the Underlying Portfolio will decrease as the reserve for the
variable annuity is depleted.
 
                                  DISTRIBUTION
 
The Contracts offered by this Prospectus may be purchased from certain
independent broker-dealers which are registered under the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934 and members of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"). The Contracts also are offered through Allmerica
Investments, Inc., which is the principal underwriter and distributor of the
Contracts. Allmerica Investments, Inc., 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, MA 01653,
is a registered broker-dealer, a member of the NASD and an indirectly wholly
owned subsidiary of First Allmerica.
 
The Company pays commissions, not to exceed 1.0% of payments, to broker-dealers
which sell the Contract, plus ongoing annual compensation of up to 1.0% of
Contract value. To the extent permitted by NASD rules, promotional incentives or
payments also may be provided to such broker-dealers based on sales volumes, the
assumption of wholesaling functions or other sales-related criteria. Additional
payments may be made for other services not directly related to the sale of the
Contract, including the recruitment and training of personnel, production of
promotional literature, and similar services.
 
Owners may direct any inquiries to their financial representative or to
Allmerica Investments, Inc., 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, MA 01653, telephone
1-800-688-9915.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
There are no legal proceedings pending to which the Variable Account, its
principal underwriter or the Company is a party.
    
 
   
                              YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
    
 
   
The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer programs being written using two
digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Any of the Company's
computer programs that have date-sensitive software may recognize a date using
"00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system
failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among
other things, a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices or
engage in similar normal business activities.
    
 
   
Based on a third party assessment, the Company determined that significant
portions of its software required modification or replacement to enable its
computer systems to properly process dates beyond December 31, 1999. The Company
is presently completing the process of modifying or replacing existing software
and believes that this action will resolve the Year 2000 issue. However, if such
modifications and conversions are not made, or are not completed timely, or
should there be serious unanticipated interruptions from unknown sources, the
Year 2000 issue could have a material adverse impact on the operations of the
Company. Specifically, the Company could experience, among other things, an
interruption in its ability to collect and process premiums, process claim
payments, safeguard and manage its invested assets, accurately maintain
policyholder information, accurately maintain accounting records, and perform
customer service. Any of these specific events, depending on duration, could
have a material adverse impact on the results of operations and the financial
position of the Company.
    
 
   
The Company has initiated formal communications with all of its significant
suppliers and large customers to determine the extent to which the Company is
vulnerable to those third parties' failure to remediate their own Year 2000
issue. The Company's total Year 2000 project cost and estimates to complete the
project include the estimated costs and time associated with the impact of a
third party's Year 2000 issue, and are based on presently available information.
However, there can be no guarantee that the systems of other companies on which
the Company's systems rely will be timely converted, or that a failure to
convert by another company, or a conversion that is incompatible with the
Company's systems, would not have material adverse effect on the Company. The
Company does not believe that it has material exposure to contingencies related
to the Year 2000 issue for the products it has sold. Although the Company does
not believe that there is a material contingency associated with the Year 2000
project, there can be no assurance that exposure for material contingencies will
not arise.
    
 
   
The Company will utilize both internal and external resources to reprogram or
replace, and test both information technology and embedded technology systems
for Year 2000 modifications. The Company plans to complete the mission critical
elements of the Year 2000 by December 31, 1998. The cost of the Year 2000
project will be expensed as incurred over the next two years and is being funded
primarily through a reallocation of resources from discretionary projects.
Therefore, the Year 2000 project is not expected to result in any significant
incremental technology cost and is not expected to have a material effect on the
results of operations. Through September 30, 1998, the Company and its
subsidiaries and affiliates have incurred and expensed approximately $47 million
related to the assessment of, and preliminary efforts in connection with, the
project and the development of a remediation plan. The total remaining cost of
the project is estimated at between $30-40 million.
    
 
   
The costs of the project and the date on which the Company plans to complete the
Year 2000 modifications are based on management's best estimates, which were
derived utilizing numerous assumptions of future events including the continued
availability of certain resources, third party modification plans and other
factors. However, there can be no guarantee that these estimates will be
achieved and actual results could differ materially from those plans. Specific
factors that might cause such material differences include, but are not
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
limited to, the availability and cost of personnel trained in this area, the
ability to locate and correct all relevant computer codes, and similar
uncertainties.
    
 
                              FURTHER INFORMATION
 
A Registration Statement under the 1933 Act relating to this offering has been
filed with the SEC. Certain portions of the Registration Statement and
amendments have been omitted in this Prospectus pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the SEC. The omitted information may be obtained from the SEC's
principal office in Washington, D.C., upon payment of the SEC's prescribed fees.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX A
                    MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT
 
Because of exemption and exclusionary provisions in the securities laws,
interests in the Fixed Account are not generally subject to regulation under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Disclosures regarding the fixed portion of the annuity contract and the Fixed
Account may be subject to the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933
concerning the accuracy and completeness of statements made in this Prospectus.
The disclosures in this APPENDIX A have not been reviewed by the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
 
The Fixed Account is part of the Company's General Account and is made up of all
of the general assets of the Company other than those allocated to a separate
account. Allocations to the Fixed Account become part of the assets of the
Company and are used to support insurance and annuity obligations. A portion or
all of net payments may be allocated to accumulate at a fixed rate of interest
in the Fixed Account. Such net amounts are guaranteed by the Company as to
principal and a minimum rate of interest. Under the Contract, the minimum
interest which may be credited on amounts allocated to the Fixed Account is 3%
compounded annually. Additional "Excess Interest" may or may not be credited at
the sole discretion of the Company.
 
To the extent permitted by state law, the Company reserves the right, from time
to time, to credit an enhanced interest rate to certain initial and/or
subsequent payments ("eligible payments") which are deposited into the Fixed
Account under an Automatic Transfer Option (Dollar Cost Averaging election) that
uses the Fixed Account as the source account from which automatic transfers are
then processed. The following are not considered eligible payments: amounts
transferred into the Fixed Account from the Variable Account and/or the
Guarantee Period Accounts; amounts already in the Fixed Account at the time an
eligible payment is deposited and amounts transferred to the Contract from
another annuity contract issued by the Company.
 
An eligible payment must be automatically transferred out of the Fixed Account
over a continuous six month period. The enhanced rate will apply during the six
month period to any portion of the eligible payment remaining in the Fixed
Account. Amounts automatically transferred out of the Fixed Account will no
longer earn the enhanced rate of interest and, as of the date of transfer, will
be subject to the variable investment performance of the sub-account(s)
transferred into. If the automatic transfer option is terminated prior to the
end of the six month period, the enhanced rate will no longer apply. The Company
reserves the right to extend the period of time that the enhanced rate will
apply.
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B
                          THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT -- The following are examples of how the market value
adjustment works:
 
The market value factor is: [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
 
    The following examples assume:
 
     1. The payment was allocated to a ten-year Guarantee Period Account with a
       Guaranteed Interest Rate of 8%.
 
     2. The date of surrender is seven years (2,555 days) from the expiration
       date.
 
     3. The value of the Guarantee Period Account is equal to $62,985.60 at the
       end of three years.
 
     4. No transfers or withdrawals affecting this Guarantee Period Account have
       been made.
 
NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (UNCAPPED)
 
    Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 10.00% or 0.10
 
<TABLE>
<C>                          <C>        <S>
    The market value factor          =  (1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                                     =  [(1+.08)/(1+.10)]2555/365-1
                                     =  (.98182)7-1
                                     =  -.12054
 
The market value adjustment          =  the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal
                                     =  -.12054 X $62,985.60
                                     =  -$7,592.11
</TABLE>
 
POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (UNCAPPED)
 
    Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 7.00% or 0.07
 
<TABLE>
<C>                          <C>        <S>
    The market value factor          =  [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                                     =  [(1+.08)/(1+.07)]2555/365-1
                                     =  (1.0093)7-1
                                     =  .06694
 
The market value adjustment          =  the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal
                                     =  .06694 X $62,985.60
                                     =  $4,216.26
</TABLE>
 
                                      B-1
<PAGE>
NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (CAPPED)
 
    Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 11.00% or 0.11
 
<TABLE>
<C>                          <C>        <S>
    The market value factor          =  [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                                     =  [(1+.08)/(1+.11)]2555/365-1
                                     =  (.97297)7-1
                                     =  -.17454
 
The market value adjustment          =  Minimum of the market value factor multiplied by the
                                        withdrawal or the negative of the excess interest earned
                                        over 3%
                                     =  Minimum (-.17454 X $62,985.60 or -$8,349.25)
                                     =  Minimum (-$10,993.51 or -$8,349.25)
                                     =  -$8,349.25
</TABLE>
 
POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (CAPPED)
 
    Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 6.00% or 0.06
 
<TABLE>
<C>                          <C>        <S>
    The market value factor          =  [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                                     =  [(1+.08)/(1+.06)]2555/365-1
                                     =  (1.01887)7-1
                                     =  .13981
 
The market value adjustment          =  Minimum of the market value factor multiplied by the
                                        withdrawal or the excess interest earned over 3%
                                     =  Minimum of (.13981 X $62,985.60 or $8,349.25)
                                     =  Minimum of ($8,806.02 or $8,349.25)
                                     =  $8,349.25
</TABLE>
 
                                      B-2
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX C
                               THE DEATH BENEFIT
 
   
    The Hypothetical Accumulated Values assumed below are for purposes of
example only, in order to demonstrate how the death benefit is calculated. They
are not intended to represent past or future investment return.
    
 
PART 1: DEATH OF THE OWNER -- WITHOUT ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
 
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING NO WITHDRAWALS
 
    Assume a payment of $100,000 is made on the issue date and no additional
payments are made. Assume there are no withdrawals. The table below presents
examples of the death benefit based on the Hypothetical Accumulated Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           HYPOTHETICAL  HYPOTHETICAL
CONTRACT   ACCUMULATED   MARKET VALUE      DEATH         DEATH      HYPOTHETICAL
  YEAR        VALUE       ADJUSTMENT    BENEFIT (a)   BENEFIT (b)   DEATH BENEFIT
- --------   -----------   ------------   -----------   -----------   -------------
<S>        <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
   1       $106,000.00     $    0.00    $106,000.00   $100,000.00     $106,000.00
   2        107,060.00      1,000.00     108,060.00    100,000.00      108,060.00
   3        117,766.00          0.00     117,766.00    100,000.00      117,766.00
   4        105,989.40      1,000.00     106,989.40    100,000.00      106,989.40
   5        116,588.34          0.00     116,588.34    100,000.00      116,588.34
   6        128,247.18      1,000.00     129,247.18    100,000.00      129,247.18
   7        141,071.90          0.00     141,071.90    100,000.00      141,071.90
   8        155,179.08      1,000.00     156,179.08    100,000.00      156,179.08
   9        170,696.98          0.00     170,696.98    100,000.00      170,696.98
   10       187,766.68          0.00     187,766.68    100,000.00      187,766.68
</TABLE>
 
Value (a) is the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value
Adjustment.
 
Value (b) is the gross payments reduced proportionately to reflect withdrawals.
 
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to the greater of Values (a) and (b).
 
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING WITHDRAWALS
 
   
    Assume a payment of $100,000 is made on the issue date and no additional
payments are made. Assume there are withdrawals as detailed in the table below.
The table below presents examples of the death benefit based on the Hypothetical
Accumulated Values.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           HYPOTHETICAL                HYPOTHETICAL
CONTRACT   ACCUMULATED                 MARKET VALUE       DEATH         DEATH      HYPOTHETICAL
  YEAR        VALUE      WITHDRAWALS    ADJUSTMENT     BENEFIT (a)   BENEFIT (b)   DEATH BENEFIT
- --------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -------------
<S>        <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
   1       $106,000.00   $      0.00     $    0.00     $106,000.00   $100,000.00     $106,000.00
   2        107,060.00          0.00      1,000.00      108,060.00    100,000.00      108,060.00
   3          7,766.00    100,000.00          0.00        7,766.00      7,206.35        7,766.00
   4          6,989.40          0.00      1,000.00        7,989.40      7,206.35        7,989.40
   5          7,688.34          0.00          0.00        7,688.34      7,206.35        7,688.34
   6          8,457.18          0.00      1,000.00        9,457.18      7,206.35        9,457.18
   7          9,302.90          0.00          0.00        9,302.90      7,206.35        9,302.90
   8         10,233.18          0.00      1,000.00       11,233.18      7,206.35       11,233.18
   9         11,256.50          0.00          0.00       11,256.50      7,206.35       11,256.50
   10         1,382.14     10,000.00          0.00        1,382.14        875.07        1,382.14
</TABLE>
 
Value (a) is the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value
Adjustment.
 
Value (b) is the gross payments reduced proportionately to reflect withdrawals.
 
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to the greater of Values (a) and (b).
 
                                      C-1
<PAGE>
PART 2: DEATH OF THE OWNER -- WITH ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER (FOR CONTRACTS
  OTHER THAN THOSE ISSUED IN HAWAII AND NEW YORK)
 
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING NO WITHDRAWALS
 
    Assume a payment of $100,000 is made on the issue date and no additional
payments are made. Assume there are no withdrawals. The table below presents
examples of the death benefit based on the Hypothetical Accumulated Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           HYPOTHETICAL  HYPOTHETICAL
           ACCUMULATED   MARKET VALUE                                              HYPOTHETICAL
  YEAR        VALUE       ADJUSTMENT      VALUE (a)     VALUE (b)     VALUE (c)    DEATH BENEFIT
- --------   -----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -------------
<S>        <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
   1       $106,000.00     $    0.00     $106,000.00   $105,000.00   $106,000.00     $106,000.00
   2        107,060.00      1,000.00      108,060.00    110,250.00    108,060.00      110,250.00
   3        117,766.00          0.00      117,766.00    115,762.50    117,766.00      117,766.00
   4        105,989.40      1,000.00      106,989.40    121,550.63    117,766.00      121,550.63
   5        116,588.34          0.00      116,588.34    127,628.16    117,766.00      127,628.16
   6        128,247.18      1,000.00      129,247.18    134,009.56    129,247.18      134,009.56
   7        141,071.90          0.00      141,071.90    140,710.04    141,071.90      141,071.90
   8        155,179.08      1,000.00      156,179.08    147,745.54    156,179.08      156,179.08
   9        170,696.98          0.00      170,696.98    155,132.82    170,696.98      170,696.98
   10       187,766.68          0.00      187,766.68    162,889.46    187,766.68      187,766.68
</TABLE>
 
Value (a) is the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value
Adjustment.
 
Value (b) is the gross payments compounded daily at an annual rate of 5%,
decreased proportionately to reflect prior withdrawals.
 
Value (c) is the highest Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market
Value Adjustment of all Contract anniversaries, increased for subsequent
payments and decreased proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
 
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of Values (a), (b) or
(c).
 
                                      C-2
<PAGE>
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING WITHDRAWALS
 
   
    Assume a payment of $100,000 is made on the issue date and no additional
payments are made. Assume there are withdrawals as detailed in the table below.
The table below presents examples of the death benefit based on the hypothetical
Accumulated Value.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           HYPOTHETICAL                HYPOTHETICAL
           ACCUMULATED                 MARKET VALUE
  YEAR        VALUE      WITHDRAWAL     ADJUSTMENT      VALUE (a)
- --------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -----------
<S>        <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
   1       $106,000.00   $      0.00     $    0.00     $106,000.00
   2        107,060.00          0.00      1,000.00      108,060.00
   3          7,766.00    100,000.00          0.00        7,766.00
   4          6,989.40          0.00      1,000.00        7,989.40
   5          7,688.34          0.00          0.00        7,688.34
   6          8,457.18          0.00      1,000.00        9,457.18
   7          9,302.90          0.00          0.00        9,302.90
   8         10,233.18          0.00      1,000.00       11,233.18
   9         11,256.50          0.00          0.00       11,256.50
   10         1,382.14     10,000.00          0.00        1,382.14
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       HYPOTHETICAL
  YEAR      VALUE (b)     VALUE (c)    DEATH BENEFIT
- --------   -----------   -----------   -------------
<S>        <C>           <C>           <C>
   1       $105,000.00   $106,000.00     $106,000.00
   2        110,250.00    108,060.00      110,250.00
   3          8,342.26      7,787.19        8,342.26
   4          8,759.37      7,787.19        8,759.37
   5          9,197.34      7,787.19        9,197.34
   6          9,657.20      7,787.19        9,657.20
   7         10,140.06      7,787.19       10,140.06
   8         10,647.07      7,787.19       11,233.18
   9         11,179.42      7,787.19       11,256.50
   10         1,425.40        945.60        1,425.40
</TABLE>
 
Value (a) is the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value
Adjustment.
 
Value (b) is the gross payments compounded daily at an annual rate of 5%,
decreased proportionately to reflect prior withdrawals.
 
Value (c) is the highest Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market
Value Adjustment of all Contract anniversaries, increased for subsequent
payments and decreased proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
 
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of Values (a), (b) or
(c).
 
                                      C-3
<PAGE>
PART 3: DEATH OF THE OWNER -- WITH ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER (FOR CONTRACTS
  ISSUED IN HAWAII AND NEW YORK)
 
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING NO WITHDRAWALS
 
    Assume a payment of $100,000 is made on the issue date and no additional
payments are made. Assume there are no withdrawals. The table below presents
examples of the death benefit based on the hypothetical Accumulated Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           HYPOTHETICAL  HYPOTHETICAL
           ACCUMULATED   MARKET VALUE                                              HYPOTHETICAL
  YEAR        VALUE       ADJUSTMENT      VALUE (a)     VALUE (b)     VALUE (c)    DEATH BENEFIT
- --------   -----------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -------------
<S>        <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
   1       $106,000.00     $    0.00     $106,000.00   $100,000.00   $106,000.00     $106,000.00
   2        107,060.00      1,000.00      108,060.00    100,000.00    108,060.00      108,060.00
   3        117,766.00          0.00      117,766.00    100,000.00    117,766.00      117,766.00
   4        105,989.40      1,000.00      106,989.40    100,000.00    117,766.00      117,766.00
   5        116,588.34          0.00      116,588.34    100,000.00    117,766.00      117,766.00
   6        128,247.18      1,000.00      129,247.18    100,000.00    129,247.18      129,247.18
   7        141,071.90          0.00      141,071.90    100,000.00    141,071.90      141,071.90
   8        155,179.08      1,000.00      156,179.08    100,000.00    156,179.08      156,179.08
   9        170,696.98          0.00      170,696.98    100,000.00    170,696.98      170,696.98
   10       187,766.68          0.00      187,766.68    100,000.00    187,766.68      187,766.68
</TABLE>
 
Value (a) is the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value
Adjustment.
 
Value (b) is the gross payments, decreased proportionately to reflect prior
withdrawals.
 
Value (c) is the highest Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market
Value Adjustment of all Contract anniversaries, increased for subsequent
payments and decreased proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
 
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of Values (a), (b) or
(c).
 
                                      C-4
<PAGE>
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING WITHDRAWALS
 
   
    Assume a payment of $100,000 is made on the issue date and no additional
payments are made. Assume there are withdrawals as detailed in the table below.
The table below presents examples of the death benefit based on the hypothetical
Accumulated Value.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           HYPOTHETICAL                HYPOTHETICAL
           ACCUMULATED                 MARKET VALUE
  YEAR        VALUE      WITHDRAWAL     ADJUSTMENT      VALUE (a)
- --------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -----------
<S>        <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
   1       $106,000.00   $      0.00     $    0.00     $106,000.00
   2        107,060.00          0.00      1,000.00      108,060.00
   3          7,766.00    100,000.00          0.00        7,766.00
   4          6,989.40          0.00      1,000.00        7,989.40
   5          7,688.34          0.00          0.00        7,688.34
   6          8,457.18          0.00      1,000.00        9,457.18
   7          9,302.90          0.00          0.00        9,302.90
   8         10,233.18          0.00      1,000.00       11,233.18
   9         11,256.50          0.00          0.00       11,256.50
   10         1,382.14     10,000.00          0.00        1,382.14
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       HYPOTHETICAL
  YEAR      VALUE (b)     VALUE (c)    DEATH BENEFIT
- --------   -----------   -----------   -------------
<S>        <C>           <C>           <C>
   1       $100,000.00   $106,000.00     $106,000.00
   2        100,000.00    108,060.00      108,060.00
   3          7,206.35      7,787.19        7,787.19
   4          7,206.35      7,787.19        7,989.40
   5          7,206.35      7,787.19        7,787.19
   6          7,206.35      7,787.19        9,457.18
   7          7,206.35      7,787.19        9,302.90
   8          7,206.35      7,787.19       11,233.18
   9          7,206.35      7,787.19       11,256.50
   10           875.07        945.60        1,382.14
</TABLE>
 
Value (a) is the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value
Adjustment.
 
Value (b) is the gross payments, decreased proportionately to reflect prior
withdrawals.
 
Value (c) is the highest Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market
Value Adjustment of all Contract anniversaries, increased for subsequent
payments and decreased proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
 
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of Values (a), (b) or
(c).
 
                                      C-5
<PAGE>


                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

                         STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                         OF

            INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS FUNDED THROUGH

                                   SUB-ACCOUNTS OF

                                SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P

                INVESTING IN SHARES OF PIONEER VARIABLE CONTRACTS TRUST









THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS.  IT SHOULD BE 
READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P DATED 
_________, 1998 ("THE PROSPECTUS").  THE PROSPECTUS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM 
ANNUITY CLIENT SERVICES, ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY 
COMPANY, 440 LINCOLN STREET, WORCESTER, MASSACHUSETTS 01653, TELEPHONE 
1-800-688-9915.

                           DATED _________, 1998


                                       1

<PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2

TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND 
     THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

UNDERWRITERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-1


                        GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY

Separate Account VA-P (the "Variable Account") is a separate investment 
account of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company (the 
"Company") established by vote of its Board of Directors on October 27, 1994. 
 The Company is a life insurance company organized under the laws of Delaware 
in July 1974. Its principal office (the "Principal Office") is located at 440 
Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653, telephone (508) 855-1000.  
The Company is subject to the laws of the State of Delaware governing 
insurance companies and to regulation by the Commissioner of Insurance of 
Delaware.  In addition, the Company is subject to the insurance laws and 
regulations of other states and jurisdictions in which it is licensed to 
operate. As of December 31, 1997, the Company had over $9.4 billion in assets 
and over $26.6 billion of life insurance in force.


Effective October 1, 1995, the Company changed its name from SMA Life 
Assurance Company to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company.  
The Company is an indirectly wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica 
Financial Life Insurance Company ("First Allmerica") which, in turn, is a 
wholly owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation ("AFC").  First 
Allmerica, originally organized under the laws of Massachusetts in 1844 as a 
mutual life insurance company, and known as State Mutual Life Assurance 
Company of America, converted to a stock life insurance company and adopted 
its present name on October 16, 1995.  First Allmerica is the fifth oldest 
life insurance company in America.  As of December 31, 1997, First Allmerica 
and its subsidiaries (including the Company) had over $16.3 billion in 
combined assets and over $43.8 billion in life insurance in force.

   
Twelve Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account are available under Pioneer 
Contract Form 3027-98 (the "Contract"). Each Sub-Account invests in a 
corresponding investment portfolio of Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust (the 
"Fund"), an open-end, registered management investment company. The Fund 
currently consists of the following twelve investment portfolios: Emerging 
Markets Portfolio, International Growth Portfolio, Europe Portfolio, Capital 
Growth Portfolio, Growth Shares Portfolio, Real Estate Growth Portfolio, 
Growth and Income Portfolio, Equity-Income Portfolio, Balanced Portfolio, 
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio, America Income Portfolio and the Money Market 
Portfolio ("Underlying Portfolios"). Each Underlying Portfolio has its own 
investment objectives and certain attendant risks.
    
                                       2
<PAGE>
                     TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT, THE VARIABLE
                           ACCOUNT AND THE COMPANY

The Company currently imposes no charge for taxes payable in connection with 
the contracts, other than for state and local premium taxes and similar 
assessments when applicable. The Company reserves the right to impose a 
charge for any other taxes that may become payable in the future in 
connection with the contracts or the Variable Account.

The Variable Account is considered to be a part of and taxed with the 
operations of the Company.  The Company is taxed as a life insurance company 
under subchapter L of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), and files a 
consolidated tax return with its parent and affiliated companies.

The Company reserves the right to make a charge for any effect which the 
income, assets or existence of the contracts or the Variable Account may have 
upon its tax. Such charge for taxes, if any, will be assessed on a fair and 
equitable basis in order to preserve equity among classes of Contract Owners 
("Owners"). The Variable Account presently is not subject to tax.

                                  SERVICES

CUSTODIAN OF SECURITIES. The Company serves as custodian of the assets of the 
Variable Account. Underlying Portfolio shares owned by the Sub-Accounts are 
held on an open account basis. A Sub-Account's ownership of Underlying 
Portfolio shares is reflected on the records of the Underlying Portfolio, and 
is not represented by any transferable stock certificates.


EXPERTS. The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1997 and 
1996 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1997, and 
the financial statements of the Separate Account VA-P -- Pioneer Vision of 
the Company as of December 31, 1997 and for the periods indicated, included 
in this Statement of Additional Information constituting part of this 
Registration Statement, have been so included in reliance on the reports of 
Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said 
firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of the Company included herein should be considered 
only as bearing on the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under 
the Contract.

                                UNDERWRITERS

Allmerica Investments, Inc. ("Allmerica Investments"), a registered 
broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a member of the 
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), serves as 
principal underwriter and general distributor for the Contract pursuant to a 
contract with Allmerica Investments, the Company and the Variable Account.  
Allmerica Investments distributes the Contract on a best-efforts basis.  
Allmerica Investments, Inc., 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 
01653, was organized in 1969 as a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica, 
and presently is indirectly wholly owned by First Allmerica.

The Contract offered by this Prospectus is offered continuously, and may be 
purchased from certain independent broker-dealers which are NASD members and 
whose representatives are authorized by applicable laws to sell variable 
annuity policies.

All persons selling the Contract are required to be licensed by their respective
state insurance authorities for the sale of variable annuity contracts. The
Company pays commissions, not to exceed 1.0% of purchase payments, to entities
which sell the Contract. To the extent permitted by NASD rules, promotional
incentives


                                       3
<PAGE>

or payments also may be provided to such entities based on sales volumes, the 
assumption of wholesaling functions or other sales-related criteria.  
Additional payments may be made for other services not directly related to 
the sale of the Contract, including the recruitment and training of 
personnel, production of promotional literature and similar services. A 
Promotional Allowance of 0.40% is paid to Pioneer Funds Distributor, Inc. for 
administrative and support services with respect to the distribution of the 
Contract; however, Pioneer Funds Distributor, Inc. may direct the Company to 
pay a portion of said allowance to broker-dealers who provide support 
services directly.

   
No underwriting commissions were paid for sales of Contract Form 3027-98 
since it was not offered until January, 1998.
    

The aggregate amounts of underwriting commissions paid to Pioneer Funds 
Distributor, Inc. and to independent broker-dealers, respectively, for sales 
of all other contracts funded by Separate Account VA-P were $1,991,730.06 and 
$11,463,585.45 in 1997; $1,263,159.35 and $7,978,798.15 in 1996, and 
$221,534.90 and $1,672,592.62 in 1995. Sales of these contracts began in 1995.

Commissions paid by the Company do not result in any charge to Owners or to 
the Variable Account, in addition to the charges described under "CHARGES AND 
DEDUCTIONS" in the Prospectus.


                           ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS

The method by which the Accumulated Value under the contracts is determined 
is described in detail under "Computation of Values" in the Prospectus.

ILLUSTRATION OF ACCUMULATION UNIT CALCULATION USING HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE. The 
Accumulation Unit calculation for a daily Valuation Period may be illustrated 
by the following hypothetical example: Assume that the assets of a
Sub-Account at the beginning of a one-day Valuation Period were $5,000,000;
that the value of an Accumulation Unit on the previous date was $1.135000;
and that during the Valuation Period, the investment income and net realized
and unrealized capital gains exceed net realized and unrealized capital
losses by $1,675.  The Accumulation Unit Value at the end of the current
Valuation Period would be calculated as follows:

(1)Accumulation Unit Value -- Previous Valuation Period . . . . .   $ 1.135000

(2)Value of Assets -- Beginning of Valuation Period. . . . . . . .  $5,000,000

(3)Excess of Investment Income and Net Gains Over Capital Losses . . .  $1,675

(4)Adjusted Gross Investment Rate for the Valuation Period 
   (3) divided by  (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  0.000335


(5)Annual Charge (one-day equivalent of 1.40% per annum) . . . . . .  0.000039

(6)Net Investment Rate (4) - (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  0.000296

(7)Net Investment Factor 1.000000 + (6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1.000296

(8)Accumulation Unit Value -- Current Period (1) x (7) . . . . . .    $1.13533

Conversely, if unrealized capital losses and charges for expenses and taxes
exceeded investment income and net realized capital gains by $1,675, the
Accumulation Unit Value at the end of the Valuation Period would have been
$1.134576.


                                       4

<PAGE>

The method for determining the amount of annuity benefit payments is
described in detail under "Determination of First and Subsequent Annuity
Benefit Payments" in the Prospectus.

ILLUSTRATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT CALCULATION USING
HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE. The determination of the Annuity Unit Value and the
variable annuity benefit payment may be illustrated by the following
hypothetical example: Assume an Annuitant has 40,000 Accumulation Units in a
Variable Account, and that the value of an Accumulation Unit on the Valuation
Date used to determine the amount of the first variable annuity payment is
$1.120000.  Therefore, the Accumulation Value of the Contract is $44,800
(40,000 x $1.120000). Assume also that the Owner elects an option for which
the first monthly payment is $6.57 per $1,000 of Accumulated Value applied.
Assuming no premium tax or contingent deferred sales charge, the first
monthly payment would be 44.800 multiplied by $6.57, or $294.34.

Next, assume that the Annuity Unit value for the assumed rate of 3.5% per
annum for the Valuation Date as of which the first payment was calculated was
1.100000. Annuity Unit values will not be the same as Accumulation Unit
values because the former reflect the  3.5% assumed interest rate used in the
annuity rate calculations. When the Annuity Unit value of $1.100000 is
divided into the first monthly payment the number of Annuity Units
represented by that payment is determined to be 267.5818. The value of this
same number of Annuity Units will be paid in each subsequent month under most
options. Assume further that the net investment factor for the Valuation
Period applicable to the next annuity payment is 1.000190. Multiplying this
factor by .999906 (the one-day adjustment factor for the assumed interest
rate of 3.5% per annum) produces a factor of 1.000096. This then is
multiplied by the Annuity Unit value on the immediately preceding Valuation
Date (assumed here to be $1.105000). The result is an Annuity Unit value of
$1.105106 for the current monthly payment. The current monthly payment then
is determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units by the current
Annuity Unit value, or 267.5818 times $1.105106, which produces a current
monthly payment of $295.71.

METHOD FOR DETERMINING COMMUTED VALUE ON VARIABLE ANNUITY PERIOD CERTAIN
OPTIONS AND ILLUSTRATION USING HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE. The Contract offers both
commutable and non-commutable period certain annuity options. A commutable
option gives the Annuitant the right to exchange any remaining payments for a
lump sum payment based on the commuted value. The Commuted Value is the
present value of remaining payments calculated at 3.5% interest. The
determination of the Commuted Value may be illustrated by the following
hypothetical example.

Assume a commutable period certain option is elected. The number of Annuity
Units on which each payment is based would be calculated using the Surrender 
Value less any premium tax rather than the Accumulated Value. Assume this 
results in 250.0000 Annuity Units. Assume the Commuted Value is requested 
with 60 monthly payments remaining and a current Annuity Unit Value of 
$1.200000. Based on these assumptions, the dollar amount of remaining 
payments would be $300 a month for 60 months. The present value at 3.5% of 
all remaining payments would be $16,560.72.


                                       5
<PAGE>

                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Performance information for a Sub-Account may be compared, in reports and 
promotional literature, to certain indices described in the Prospectus under 
"PERFORMANCE INFORMATION." In addition, the Company may provide advertising, 
sales literature, periodic publications or other material information on 
various topics of interest to Owners and prospective Owners.  These topics 
may include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the economy 
as a whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment 
strategies and techniques (such as value investing, market timing, dollar 
cost averaging, asset allocation, constant ratio transfer and account 
rebalancing), the advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred 
and taxable investments, customer profiles and hypothetical purchase and 
investment scenarios, financial management and tax and retirement planning, 
and investment alternatives to certificates of deposit and other financial 
instruments, including comparisons between the Contract and the 
characteristics of and market for such financial instruments. Total return 
data and supplemental total return information may be advertised based on the 
period of time that an Underlying Portfolio and an underlying Sub-Account 
have been in existence, even if longer than the period of time that the 
Contract has been offered.  The results for any period prior to a Contract 
being offered will be calculated as if the Contract had been offered during 
that period of time, with all charges assumed to be those applicable to the 
Contract.

Total return data, however, may be advertised based on the period of time 
that the underlying Sub-Accounts and the Underlying Portfolios have been in 
existence. The results for any period prior to the Contract being offered 
will be calculated as if the Contract had been offered during that period of 
time, with all charges assumed to be those applicable to the Contract.

TOTAL RETURN

"Total Return" refers to the total of the income generated by an investment 
in a Sub-Account and of the changes of value of the principal invested (due 
to realized and unrealized capital gains or losses) for a specified period, 
reduced by the Sub-Account's asset charge.

Total Return figures are calculated by standardized methods prescribed by 
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").  The quotations 
are computed by finding the average annual compounded rates of return over 
the specified periods that would equate the initial amount invested to the 
ending redeemable values, according to the following formula:

    P(1 + T) (n) = ERV

    Where:    P    =    a hypothetical initial payment to the Variable Account
                        of $1,000

              T    =    average annual total return

              n    =    number of years

            ERV   =    the ending redeemable value of the $1,000 payment at
                       the end of the specified period

The calculation of Total Return includes the annual charges against the 
assets of the Sub-Account.  This charge is 1.40% on an annual basis.  The 
calculation of ending redeemable value assumes (1) the Contract was issued at 
the beginning of the period, and (2) a complete surrender of the Contract at 
the end of the period.

The calculations of Total Return include the deduction of the $35 (or lower, 
depending on the state of Contract issue) annual Contract fee.


                                       6

<PAGE>


YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD -- THE MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT

Set forth below is yield and effective yield information for the Money Market 
Sub-Account for the seven- day period ended December 31, 1997:

           Yield              3.67%
           Effective Yield    3.73%

Yield and effective yield figures are calculated by standardized methods 
prescribed by rules of the SEC.  Under those methods, the yield quotation is 
computed by determining the net change (exclusive of capital changes) in the 
value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of one 
accumulation unit of the Sub-Account at the beginning of the period, 
subtracting a charge reflecting the annual 1.40% deduction for mortality and 
expense risk and the administrative charge, dividing the difference by the 
value of the account at the beginning of the same period to obtain the base 
period return, and then multiplying the return for a seven-day base period by 
(365/7), with the resulting yield carried to the nearest hundredth of one 
percent.

The Money Market Sub-Account computes effective yield by compounding the 
unannualized base period return by using the formula:

              Effective Yield = [(base period return + 1) (365/7)] - 1

The calculations of yield and effective yield reflect the $35 (or lower, 
depending on the state of Contract issue) annual Contract fee.

                               FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements are included for Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and 
Annuity Company and for its Separate Account VA-P.


                                       7
<PAGE>
ALLMERICA FINANCIAL
LIFE INSURANCE AND
ANNUITY COMPANY
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of income, of shareholder's equity, and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Allmerica
Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
 
Price Waterhouse LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 3, 1998
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 
    (AN INDIRECT WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL CORPORATION)
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 (IN MILLIONS)                                      1997        1996
 -----------------------------------------------  ---------   ---------
 <S>                                              <C>         <C>
 REVENUES
   Premiums.....................................  $ 22.8      $ 32.7
     Universal life and investment product
       policy fees..............................   212.2       176.2
     Net investment income......................   164.2       171.7
     Net realized investment gains (losses).....     2.9        (3.6)
     Other income...............................     1.4         0.9
                                                  ---------   ---------
         Total revenues.........................   403.5       377.9
                                                  ---------   ---------
 BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES
     Policy benefits, claims, losses and loss
       adjustment expenses......................   187.8       192.6
     Policy acquisition expenses................     2.8        49.9
     Loss from cession of disability income
       business.................................    53.9         --
     Other operating expenses...................   101.3        86.6
                                                  ---------   ---------
         Total benefits, losses and expenses....   345.8       329.1
                                                  ---------   ---------
 Income before federal income taxes.............    57.7        48.8
                                                  ---------   ---------
 FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
     Current....................................    13.9        26.9
     Deferred...................................     7.1        (9.8)
                                                  ---------   ---------
         Total federal income tax expense.......    21.0        17.1
                                                  ---------   ---------
 Net income.....................................  $ 36.7      $ 31.7
                                                  ---------   ---------
                                                  ---------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 
    (AN INDIRECT WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL CORPORATION)
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 DECEMBER 31,
 (IN MILLIONS)                                                1997         1996
 --------------------------------------------------------  ----------   ----------
 <S>                                                       <C>          <C>
 ASSETS
   Investments:
     Fixed maturities at fair value (amortized cost of
       $1,340.5 and $1,660.2)............................  $1,402.5     $1,698.0
     Equity securities at fair value (cost of $34.4 and
       $33.0)............................................      54.0         41.5
     Mortgage loans......................................     228.2        221.6
     Real estate.........................................      12.0         26.1
     Policy loans........................................     140.1        131.7
     Other long term investments.........................      20.3          7.9
                                                          ----------   ----------
         Total investments...............................   1,857.1      2,126.8
                                                          ----------   ----------
   Cash and cash equivalents.............................      31.1         18.8
   Accrued investment income.............................      34.2         37.7
   Deferred policy acquisition costs.....................     765.3        632.7
   Reinsurance receivables on paid and unpaid losses,
     benefits and unearned premiums......................     251.1         81.5
   Other assets..........................................      10.7          8.2
   Separate account assets...............................   7,567.3      4,524.0
                                                          ----------   ----------
         Total assets.................................... $10,516.8     $7,429.7
                                                          ----------   ----------
                                                          ----------   ----------
 LIABILITIES
   Policy liabilities and accruals:
     Future policy benefits..............................  $2,097.3     $2,171.3
     Outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment
       expenses..........................................      18.5         16.1
     Unearned premiums...................................       1.8          2.7
     Contractholder deposit funds and other policy
       liabilities.......................................      32.5         32.8
                                                          ----------   ----------
         Total policy liabilities and accruals...........   2,150.1      2,222.9
                                                          ----------   ----------
   Expenses and taxes payable............................      77.6         77.3
   Reinsurance premiums payable..........................       4.9          --
   Deferred federal income taxes.........................      75.9         60.2
   Separate account liabilities..........................   7,567.3      4,523.6
                                                          ----------   ----------
         Total liabilities...............................   9,875.8      6,884.0
                                                          ----------   ----------
   Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
 SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
   Common stock, $1,000 par value, 10,000 shares
     authorized, 2,521 and 2,518 shares issued and
     outstanding.........................................       2.5          2.5
   Additional paid in capital............................     386.9        346.3
   Unrealized appreciation on investments, net...........      38.5         20.5
   Retained earnings.....................................     213.1        176.4
                                                          ----------   ----------
         Total shareholder's equity......................     641.0        545.7
                                                          ----------   ----------
         Total liabilities and shareholder's equity...... $10,516.8     $7,429.7
                                                          ----------   ----------
                                                          ----------   ----------
</TABLE>
 
   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 
    (AN INDIRECT WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL CORPORATION)
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 (IN MILLIONS)                                      1997        1996
 -----------------------------------------------  ---------   ---------
 <S>                                              <C>         <C>
 COMMON STOCK
     Balance at beginning of period.............  $  2.5      $  2.5
     Issued during year.........................     --          --
                                                 ---------   ---------
     Balance at end of period...................     2.5         2.5
                                                 ---------   ---------
 ADDITIONAL PAID IN CAPITAL
     Balance at beginning of period.............   346.3       324.3
     Contribution from Parent...................    40.6        22.0
                                                 ---------   ---------
     Balance at end of period...................   386.9       346.3
                                                 ---------   ---------
 RETAINED EARNINGS
     Balance at beginning of period.............   176.4       144.7
     Net income.................................    36.7        31.7
                                                 ---------   ---------
     Balance at end of period...................   213.1       176.4
                                                 ---------   ---------
 NET UNREALIZED APPRECIATION ON INVESTMENTS
     Balance at beginning of period.............    20.5        23.8
     Net appreciation (depreciation) on
       available for sale securities............    27.0        (5.1)
     (Provision) benefit for deferred federal
       income taxes.............................    (9.0)        1.8
                                                 ---------   ---------
     Balance at end of period...................    38.5        20.5
                                                 ---------   ---------
         Total shareholder's equity.............  $641.0      $545.7
                                                 ---------   ---------
                                                 ---------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 
    (AN INDIRECT WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL CORPORATION)
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 (IN MILLIONS)                                    1997         1996
 --------------------------------------------  ----------   ----------
 <S>                                           <C>          <C>
 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     Net income..............................  $  36.7      $  31.7
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to
       net cash used in operating activities:
         Net realized gains..................     (2.9)         3.6
         Net amortization and depreciation...      --           3.5
         Loss from cession of disability
           income business...................     53.9          --
         Deferred federal income taxes.......      7.1         (9.8)
         Payment related to cession of
           disability income business........   (207.0)         --
         Change in deferred acquisition
           costs.............................   (181.3)       (66.8)
         Change in premiums and notes
           receivable, net of reinsurance
           payable...........................      3.9         (0.2)
         Change in accrued investment
           income............................      3.5          1.2
         Change in policy liabilities and
           accruals, net.....................    (72.4)       (39.9)
         Change in reinsurance receivable....     22.1         (1.5)
         Change in expenses and taxes
           payable...........................      0.2         32.3
         Separate account activity, net......      0.4         10.5
         Other, net..........................     (7.5)        (0.2)
                                              ----------   ----------
             Net used in operating
               activities....................   (343.3)       (35.6)
                                              ----------   ----------
 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
     Proceeds from disposals and maturities
       of available-for-sale fixed
       maturities............................    909.7        809.4
     Proceeds from disposals of equity
       securities............................      2.4          1.5
     Proceeds from disposals of other
       investments...........................     23.7         17.4
     Proceeds from mortgages matured or
       collected.............................     62.9         34.0
     Purchase of available-for-sale fixed
       maturities............................   (579.7)      (795.8)
     Purchase of equity securities...........     (3.2)       (13.2)
     Purchase of other investments...........    (79.4)       (36.2)
     Other investing activities, net.........      --          (2.0)
                                               ----------   ----------
         Net cash provided by investing
           activities........................    336.4         15.1
                                               ----------   ----------
 CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
     Proceeds from issuance of stock and
       capital paid in.......................     19.2         22.0
                                               ----------   ----------
         Net cash provided by financing
           activities........................     19.2         22.0
                                               ----------   ----------
 Net change in cash and cash equivalents.....     12.3          1.5
 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
  period.....................................     18.8         17.3
                                               ----------   ----------
 Cash and cash equivalents, end of period....  $  31.1      $  18.8
                                               ----------   ----------
                                               ----------   ----------
 SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
     Interest paid...........................  $   --       $   3.4
     Income taxes paid.......................  $   5.4      $  16.5
</TABLE>
 
   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
A.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company ("AFLIAC" or the
"Company") is organized as a stock life insurance company, and is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of SMA Financial Corporation ("SMAFCO"), which is wholly owned by
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company ("FAFLIC"). FAFLIC is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation ("AFC").
 
The consolidated financial statements of AFLIAC include the accounts of Somerset
Square, Inc., a wholly-owned non-insurance company and its results of operations
for the month of December, 1997. Somerset Square, Inc. was transferred from
SMAFCO effective November 30, 1997. (See Significant Transactions.)
 
The Statutory stockholder's equity of the Company is being maintained at a
minimum level of 5% of general account assets by FAFLIC in accordance with a
policy established by vote of FAFLIC's Board of Directors.
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates. Certain reclassifications have been
made to the 1996 financial statements in order to conform to the 1997
presentation.
 
B.  VALUATION OF INVESTMENTS
 
In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 115 ("Statement No. 115"), "ACCOUNTING FOR CERTAIN INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND
EQUITY SECURITIES", the Company is required to classify its investments into one
of three categories: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. The
Company determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time
of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date.
 
Mortgage loans on real estate are stated at unpaid principal balances, net of
unamortized discounts and reserves. Reserves on mortgage loans are based on
losses expected by management to be realized on transfers of mortgage loans to
real estate (upon foreclosure), on the disposition or settlement of mortgage
loans and on mortgage loans which management believes may not be collectible in
full. In establishing reserves, management considers, among other things, the
estimated fair value of the underlying collateral.
 
Fixed maturities and mortgage loans that are delinquent are placed on
non-accrual status, and thereafter interest income is recognized only when cash
payments are received.
 
Policy loans are carried principally at unpaid principal balances.
 
During 1997, the Company committed to a plan to dispose of all real estate
assets by the end of 1998. As a result of this decision real estate held by the
Company and real estate joint ventures were written down to the estimated fair
value less cost to sell. Depreciation is not recorded on these assets while they
are held for disposal.
 
Realized investment gains and losses, other than those related to separate
accounts for which the Company does not bear the investment risk, are reported
as a component of revenues based upon specific identification
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
of the investment assets sold. When an other-than-temporary impairment of the
value of a specific investment or a group of investments is determined, a
realized investment loss is recorded. Changes in the valuation allowance for
mortgage loans and real estate are included in realized investment gains or
losses.
 
C.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into transactions involving
various types of financial instruments, including debt, investments such as
fixed maturities, mortgage loans and equity securities, and investment and loan
commitments. These instruments involve credit risk and also may be subject to
risk of loss due to interest rate fluctuation. The Company evaluates and
monitors each financial instrument individually and, when appropriate, obtains
collateral or other security to minimize losses.
 
D.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, amounts due from banks and
highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three
months or less.
 
E.  DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS
 
Acquisition costs consist of commissions, underwriting costs and other costs,
which vary with, and are primarily related to, the production of revenues.
Acquisition costs related to universal life products, variable annuities and
contractholder deposit funds are deferred and amortized in proportion to total
estimated gross profits from investment yields, mortality, surrender charges and
expense margins over the expected life of the contracts. This amortization is
reviewed annually and adjusted retrospectively when the Company revises its
estimate of current or future gross profits to be realized from this group of
products, including realized and unrealized gains and losses from investments.
Acquisition costs related to fixed annuities and other life insurance products
are deferred and amortized, generally in proportion to the ratio of annual
revenue to the estimated total revenues over the contract periods based upon the
same assumptions used in estimating the liability for future policy benefits.
 
Deferred acquisition costs for each product are reviewed to determine if they
are recoverable from future income, including investment income. If such costs
are determined to be unrecoverable, they are expensed at the time of
determination. Although realization of deferred policy acquisition costs is not
assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of these costs
will be realized. The amount of deferred policy acquisition costs considered
realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if the estimates of gross
profits or total revenues discussed above are reduced. The amount of
amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs could be revised in the near
term if any of the estimates discussed above are revised.
 
F.  SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
 
Separate account assets and liabilities represent segregated funds administered
and invested by the Company for the benefit of certain pension, variable annuity
and variable life insurance contractholders. Assets consist principally of
bonds, common stocks, mutual funds, and short-term obligations at market value.
The investment income, gains, and losses of these accounts generally accrue to
the contractholders and, therefore, are not included in the Company's net
income. Appreciation and depreciation of the Company's interest in the separate
accounts, including undistributed net investment income, is reflected in
shareholder's equity or net investment income.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
G.  POLICY LIABILITIES AND ACCRUALS
 
Future policy benefits are liabilities for life, health and annuity products.
Such liabilities are established in amounts adequate to meet the estimated
future obligations of policies in force. The liabilities associated with
traditional life insurance products are computed using the net level premium
method for individual life and annuity policies, and are based upon estimates as
to future investment yield, mortality and withdrawals that include provisions
for adverse deviation. Future policy benefits for individual life insurance and
annuity policies are computed using interest rates ranging from 2 1/2% to 6% for
life insurance and 2% to 9 1/2% for annuities. Mortality, morbidity and
withdrawal assumptions for all policies are based on the Company's own
experience and industry standards. Liabilities for universal life include
deposits received from customers and investment earnings on their fund balances,
less administrative charges. Universal life fund balances are also assessed
mortality and surrender charges. Individual health benefit liabilities for
active lives are estimated using the net level premium method, and assumptions
as to future morbidity, withdrawals and interest which provide a margin for
adverse deviation. Benefit liabilities for disabled lives are estimated using
the present value of benefits method and experience assumptions as to claim
terminations, expenses and interest.
 
Liabilities for outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses are
estimates of payments to be made for reported claims and estimates of claims
incurred but not reported. These liabilities are determined using case basis
evaluations and statistical analyses and represent estimates of the ultimate
cost of all claims incurred but not paid. These estimates are continually
reviewed and adjusted as necessary; such adjustments are reflected in current
operations.
 
Premiums for individual accident and health insurance are reported as earned on
a pro-rata basis over the contract period.
 
The unexpired portion of these premiums is recorded as unearned premiums.
 
Contractholder deposit funds and other policy liabilities include
investment-related products and consist of deposits received from customers and
investment earnings on their fund balances.
 
All policy liabilities and accruals are based on the various estimates discussed
above. Although the adequacy of these amounts cannot be assured, management
believes that it is more likely than not that policy liabilities and accruals
will be sufficient to meet future obligations of policies in force. The amount
of liabilities and accruals, however, could be revised in the near term if the
estimates discussed above are revised.
 
H.  PREMIUM AND FEE REVENUE AND RELATED EXPENSES
 
Premiums for individual life and health insurance and individual annuity
products, excluding universal life and investment-related products, are
considered revenue when due. Individual accident and health insurance premiums
are recognized as revenue over the related contract periods. Benefits, losses
and related expenses are matched with premiums, resulting in their recognition
over the lives of the contracts. This matching is accomplished through the
provision for future benefits, estimated and unpaid losses and amortization of
deferred policy acquisition costs. Revenues for investment-related products
consist of net investment income and contract charges assessed against the fund
values. Related benefit expenses primarily consist of net investment income
credited to the fund values after deduction for investment and risk charges.
Revenues for universal life and group variable universal life products consist
of net investment income, and mortality, administration and surrender charges
assessed against the fund values. Related benefit expenses include universal
life benefits in excess of fund values and net investment income credited to
universal life fund values. Certain policy charges that represent compensation
for services to be provided in future periods are deferred and amortized over
the period benefited using the same assumptions used to amortize capitalized
acquisition costs.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
I.  FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
AFC, its life insurance subsidiaries, FAFLIC and AFLIAC, and its non-life
insurance domestic subsidiaries file a life-nonlife consolidated United States
Federal income tax return. Entities included within the consolidated group are
segregated into either a life insurance or non-life insurance company subgroup.
The consolidation of these subgroups is subject to certain statutory
restrictions on the percentage of eligible non-life insurance company taxable
operating losses that can be applied to offset life insurance company taxable
income. Allmerica P&C and its subsidiaries will be included in the AFC
consolidated return as part of the non-life insurance company subgroup for the
period July 17, 1997 through December 31, 1997. For the period January 1, 1997
through July 16, 1997, Allmerica P&C and its subsidiaries will file a separate
consolidated United States Federal income tax return.
 
The Board of Directors has delegated to AFC management, the development and
maintenance of appropriate Federal Income Tax allocation policies and
procedures, which are subject to written agreement between the companies. The
Federal income tax for all subsidiaries in the consolidated return of AFC is
calculated on a separate return basis. Any current tax liability is paid to AFC.
Tax benefits resulting from taxable operating losses or credits of AFC's
subsidiaries are not reimbursed to the subsidiary until such losses or credits
can be utilized by the subsidiary on a separate return basis.
 
Deferred income taxes are generally recognized when assets and liabilities have
different values for financial statement and tax reporting purposes, and for
other temporary taxable and deductible differences as defined by Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS No.
109). These differences result primarily from loss reserves, policy acquisition
expenses, and unrealized appreciation/depreciation on investments.
 
J.  NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement No. 131, DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF
AN ENTERPRISE AND RELATED INFORMATION. This statement establishes standards for
the way that public enterprises report information about operating segments in
annual financial statements and requires that selected information about those
operating segments be reported in interim financial statements. This statement
supersedes Statement No. 14, FINANCIAL REPORTING FOR SEGMENTS OF A BUSINESS
ENTERPRISE. Statement No. 131 requires that all public enterprises report
financial and descriptive information about their reportable operating segments.
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which
separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the
chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in
assessing performance. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1997. The Company anticipates no impact from the adoption of
Statement No. 131.
 
In June 1997, the FASB also issued Statement No. 130, REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME, which established standards for the reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general-purpose
financial statements. All items that are required to be recognized under
accounting standards as components of comprehensive income are to be reported in
a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other
financial statements. This statement stipulates that comprehensive income
reflect the change in equity of an enterprise during a period from transactions
and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. This statement is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company
anticipates that the adoption of Statement No. 130 will result primarily in
reporting the changes in unrealized gains and losses on investments in debt and
equity securities in comprehensive income.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS
 
On April 14, 1997, the Company entered into an agreement in principle to
transfer the Company's individual disability income under a 100% coinsurance
agreement to Metropolitan Life Insurance Company. The coinsurance agreement
became effective October 1, 1997. The transaction has resulted in the
recognition of a $53.9 million pre-tax loss in the first quarter of 1997.
 
During the 4th quarter of 1997, SMAFCO contributed $40.6 million of additional
paid in capital to the Company. The nature of the contribution was $19.2 million
in cash and $21.4 million in other assets including Somerset Square, Inc.
 
Effective January 1, 1998, the Company entered into an agreement with
Reinsurance Group of America, Inc. to reinsure the mortality risk on the
universal life and variable universal life blocks of business. Management
believes that this agreement will not have a material effect on the results of
operations or financial position of the Company.
 
3.  INVESTMENTS
 
A.  SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS
 
The Company accounts for its investments, all of which are classified as
available-for-sale, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 115.
 
The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturities and
equity securities were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1997
                                          --------------------------------------------
                                                        GROSS       GROSS
DECEMBER 31,                              AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED UNREALIZED    FAIR
(IN MILLIONS)                              COST (1)     GAINS      LOSSES      VALUE
- ----------------------------------------  ----------   --------   ---------   --------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S.
 government and agency securities.......   $    6.3      $  .5      $--       $    6.8
States and political subdivisions.......        2.8         .2       --            3.0
Foreign governments.....................       50.1        2.0       --           52.1
Corporate fixed maturities..............    1,147.5       58.7        3.3      1,202.9
Mortgage-backed securities..............      133.8        5.2        1.3        137.7
                                          ----------   --------   ---------   --------
Total fixed maturities
 available-for-sale.....................   $1,340.5      $66.6      $ 4.6     $1,402.5
                                          ----------   --------   ---------   --------
Equity securities.......................   $   34.4      $19.9      $ 0.3     $   54.0
                                          ----------   --------   ---------   --------
                                          ----------   --------   ---------   --------
 
                                                              1996
                                          --------------------------------------------
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S.
 government and agency securities.......   $   15.7      $ 0.5      $ 0.2     $   16.0
States and political subdivisions.......        8.9        1.6       --           10.5
Foreign governments.....................       53.2        2.9       --           56.1
Corporate fixed maturities..............    1,437.2       38.6        6.1      1,469.7
Mortgage-backed securities..............      145.2        2.2        1.7        145.7
                                          ----------   --------   ---------   --------
Total fixed maturities
 available-for-sale.....................   $1,660.2      $45.8      $ 8.0     $1,698.0
                                          ----------   --------   ---------   --------
Equity securities.......................   $   33.0      $10.2      $ 1.7     $   41.5
                                          ----------   --------   ---------   --------
                                          ----------   --------   ---------   --------
</TABLE>
 
(1) Amortized cost for fixed maturities and cost for equity securities.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
In connection with AFLIAC's voluntary withdrawal of its license in New York,
AFLIAC agreed with the New York Department of Insurance to maintain, through a
custodial account in New York, a security deposit, the market value of which
will at all times equal 102% of all outstanding liabilities of AFLIAC for New
York policyholders, claimants and creditors. At December 31, 1997, the amortized
cost and market value of these assets on deposit were $276.8 million and $291.7
million, respectively. At December 31, 1996, the amortized cost and market value
of these assets on deposit were $284.9 million and $292.2 million, respectively.
In addition, fixed maturities, excluding those securities on deposit in New
York, with an amortized cost of $4.2 million were on deposit with various state
and governmental authorities at December 31, 1997 and 1996.
 
There were no contractual fixed maturity investment commitments at December 31,
1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
The amortized cost and fair value by maturity periods for fixed maturities are
shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because
borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call
or prepayment penalties, or the Company may have the right to put or sell the
obligations back to the issuers. Mortgage backed securities are included in the
category representing their ultimate maturity.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1997
                                                              --------------------
DECEMBER 31,                                                  AMORTIZED    FAIR
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   COST       VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Due in one year or less.....................................  $   63.0   $   63.5
Due after one year through five years.......................     328.8      343.9
Due after five years through ten years......................     649.5      679.9
Due after ten years.........................................     299.2      315.2
                                                              ---------  ---------
Total.......................................................  $1,340.5   $1,402.5
                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
The proceeds from voluntary sales of available-for-sale securities and the gross
realized gains and gross realized losses on those sales were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PROCEEDS
                                                                 FROM
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                              VOLUNTARY        GROSS       GROSS
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   SALES          GAINS       LOSSES
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------      ------       ------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>             <C>
1997
Fixed maturities............................................    $702.9         $ 11.4      $  5.0
Equity securities...........................................    $  1.3         $  0.5      $ --
 
1996
Fixed maturities............................................    $496.6         $  4.3      $  8.3
Equity securities...........................................    $  1.5         $  0.4      $  0.1
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale and other securities, are
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                 FIXED       SECURITIES
(IN MILLIONS)                                                 MATURITIES   AND OTHER (1)   TOTAL
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------   -------------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>             <C>
1997
Net appreciation, beginning of year.........................    $ 12.7         $  7.8      $ 20.5
Net appreciation on available-for-sale securities...........      24.3           12.5        36.8
Net depreciation from the effect on deferred policy
 acquisition costs and on policy liabilities................      (9.8)          --          (9.8)
Provision for deferred federal income taxes.................      (5.1)          (3.9)       (9.0)
                                                              ----------      -----        ------
                                                                   9.4            8.6        18.0
                                                              ----------      -----        ------
Net appreciation, end of year...............................    $ 22.1         $ 16.4      $ 38.5
                                                              ----------      -----        ------
                                                              ----------      -----        ------
</TABLE>
 
(1) Includes net appreciation on other investments of $11.1 million in 1997, and
    $2.2 million in 1996.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996                            FIXED       SECURITIES
(IN MILLIONS)                                                 MATURITIES   AND OTHER (1)   TOTAL
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------   -------------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>             <C>
Net appreciation, beginning of year.........................    $ 20.4         $  3.4      $ 23.8
Net (depreciation) appreciation on available-for-sale
 securities.................................................     (20.8)           6.7       (14.1)
Net appreciation from the effect on deferred policy
 acquisition costs and on policy liabilities................       9.0           --           9.0
Benefit (provision) for deferred federal income taxes.......       4.1           (2.3)        1.8
                                                              ----------      -----        ------
                                                                  (7.7)           4.4        (3.3)
                                                              ----------      -----        ------
Net appreciation, end of year...............................    $ 12.7         $  7.8      $ 20.5
                                                              ----------      -----        ------
                                                              ----------      -----        ------
</TABLE>
 
(1) Includes net appreciation on other investments of $11.1 million in 1997, and
    $2.2 million in 1996.
 
B.  MORTGAGE LOANS AND REAL ESTATE
 
AFLIAC's mortgage loans and real estate are diversified by property type and
location. Real estate investments have been obtained primarily through
foreclosure. Mortgage loans are collateralized by the related properties and
generally are no more than 75% of the property's value at the time the original
loan is made.
 
The carrying values of mortgage loans and real estate investments net of
applicable reserves were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
(IN MILLIONS)                                                    1997          1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Mortgage loans..............................................    $228.2         $221.6
Real estate:
  Held for sale.............................................      12.0           26.1
  Held for production of income.............................      --             --
                                                              ----------     ------
    Total real estate.......................................    $ 12.0         $ 26.1
                                                              ----------     ------
Total mortgage loans and real estate........................    $240.2         $247.7
                                                              ----------     ------
                                                              ----------     ------
</TABLE>
 
Reserves for mortgage loans were $9.4 million and $9.5 million at December 31,
1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
During 1997, the Company committed to a plan to dispose of all real estate
assets by the end of 1998. As a result, real estate assets with a carrying
amount of $15.7 million were written down to the estimated fair value less cost
to sell of $12.0 million, and a net realized investment loss of $3.7 million was
recognized. Depreciation is not recorded on these assets while they are held for
disposal.
 
There were no non-cash investing activities, including real estate acquired
through foreclosure of mortgage loans, in 1997. During 1996, non-cash investing
activities included real estate acquired through foreclosure of mortgage loans,
which had a fair value of $0.9 million.
 
At December 31, 1997, contractual commitments to extend credit under commercial
mortgage loan agreements amounted to approximately $18.7 million. These
commitments generally expire within one year.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
Mortgage loans and real estate investments comprised the following property
types and geographic regions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                    1997          1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Property type:
  Office building...........................................    $101.7         $ 86.1
  Residential...............................................      19.3           39.0
  Retail....................................................      42.2           55.9
  Industrial/warehouse......................................      61.9           52.6
  Other.....................................................      24.5           25.3
  Valuation allowances......................................      (9.4)         (11.2)
                                                              ----------     ------
Total.......................................................    $240.2         $247.7
                                                              ----------     ------
                                                              ----------     ------
Geographic region:
  South Atlantic............................................    $ 68.7         $ 72.9
  Pacific...................................................      56.6           37.0
  East North Central........................................      61.4           58.3
  Middle Atlantic...........................................      29.8           35.0
  West South Central........................................       6.9            5.7
  New England...............................................      12.4           21.9
  Other.....................................................      13.8           28.1
  Valuation allowances......................................      (9.4)         (11.2)
                                                              ----------     ------
Total.......................................................    $240.2         $247.7
                                                              ----------     ------
                                                              ----------     ------
</TABLE>
 
At December 31, 1997, scheduled mortgage loan maturities were as follows: 1998
- -- $52.0 million; 1999 -- $17.1 million; 2000 -- $46.3 million; 2001 -- $7.0
million; 2002 -- $11.7 million; and $94.1 million thereafter. Actual maturities
could differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties and loans may be
refinanced. During 1997, the Company did not refinance any mortgage loans based
on terms which differed from those granted to new borrowers.
 
C.  INVESTMENT VALUATION ALLOWANCES
 
Investment valuation allowances which have been deducted in arriving at
investment carrying values as presented in the balance sheet and changes thereto
are shown below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                               BALANCE AT                                    BALANCE AT
(IN MILLIONS)                                                 JANUARY 1      ADDITIONS      DEDUCTIONS      DECEMBER 31
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------   -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>
1997
Mortgage loans..............................................    $  9.5         $  1.1          $  1.2          $  9.4
Real estate.................................................       1.7            3.7             5.4            --
                                                               -----            ---             ---           -----
    Total...................................................    $ 11.2         $  4.8          $  6.6          $  9.4
                                                               -----            ---             ---           -----
                                                               -----            ---             ---           -----
 
1996
Mortgage loans..............................................    $ 12.5         $  4.5          $  7.5          $  9.5
Real estate.................................................       2.1           --               0.4             1.7
                                                               -----            ---             ---           -----
    Total...................................................    $ 14.6         $  4.5          $  7.9          $ 11.2
                                                               -----            ---             ---           -----
                                                               -----            ---             ---           -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
Deductions of $5.4 million to the investment valuation allowance related to real
estate in 1997 primarily reflect writedowns to the estimated fair value less
cost to sell pursuant to the aforementioned 1997 plan of disposal.
 
The carrying value of impaired loans was $20.6 million and $21.5 million, with
related reserves of $7.1 million and $7.3 million as of December 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively. All impaired loans were reserved as of December 31, 1997 and
1996.
 
The average carrying value of impaired loans was $19.8 million and $26.3
million, with related interest income while such loans were impaired of $2.2
million and $3.4 million as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
D.  OTHER
 
At December 31, 1997, AFLIAC had no concentration of investments in a single
investee exceeding 10% of shareholder's equity.
 
4.  INVESTMENT INCOME AND GAINS AND LOSSES
 
A.  NET INVESTMENT INCOME
 
The components of net investment income were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
(IN MILLIONS)                                                    1997          1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities............................................    $130.0         $137.2
Mortgage loans..............................................      20.4           22.0
Equity securities...........................................       1.3            0.7
Policy loans................................................      10.8           10.2
Real estate.................................................       3.9            6.2
Other long-term investments.................................       1.0            0.8
Short-term investments......................................       1.4            1.4
                                                              ----------     ------
Gross investment income.....................................     168.8          178.5
Less investment expenses....................................      (4.6)          (6.8)
                                                              ----------     ------
Net investment income.......................................    $164.2         $171.7
                                                              ----------     ------
                                                              ----------     ------
</TABLE>
 
At December 31, 1997, mortgage loans on non-accrual status were $2.8 million,
which were all restructured loans. There were no fixed maturities on non-accrual
status at December 31, 1997. The effect of non-accruals, compared with amounts
that would have been recognized in accordance with the original terms of the
investment, had no impact in 1997, and reduced net income by $0.1 million in
1996.
 
The payment terms of mortgage loans may from time to time be restructured or
modified. The investment in restructured mortgage loans, based on amortized
cost, amounted to $21.1 million and $25.4 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Interest income on restructured mortgage loans that would have
been recorded in accordance with the original terms of such loans amounted to
$1.9 million and $3.6 million in 1997 and 1996, respectively. Actual interest
income on these loans included in net investment income aggregated $2.1 million
and $2.2 million in 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
There were no fixed maturities or mortgage loans which were non-income producing
for the twelve months ended December 31, 1997.
 
B.  REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS AND LOSSES
 
Realized gains (losses) on investments were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
(IN MILLIONS)                                                    1997          1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities............................................    $  3.0         $ (3.3)
Mortgage loans..............................................      (1.1)          (3.2)
Equity securities...........................................       0.5            0.3
Real estate.................................................      (1.5)           2.5
Other.......................................................       2.0            0.1
                                                              ----------     ------
Net realized investment losses..............................    $  2.9         $ (3.6)
                                                              ----------     ------
                                                              ----------     ------
</TABLE>
 
5.  FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments", requires
disclosure of fair value information about certain financial instruments
(insurance contracts, real estate, goodwill and taxes are excluded) for which it
is practicable to estimate such values, whether or not these instruments are
included in the balance sheet. The fair values presented for certain financial
instruments are estimates which, in many cases, may differ significantly from
the amounts which could be realized upon immediate liquidation. In cases where
market prices are not available, estimates of fair value are based on discounted
cash flow analyses which utilize current interest rates for similar financial
instruments which have comparable terms and credit quality.
 
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instruments:
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
For these short-term investments, the carrying amount approximates fair value.
 
FIXED MATURITIES
 
Fair values are based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market
price is not available, fair values are estimated using independent pricing
sources or internally developed pricing models using discounted cash flow
analyses.
 
EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Fair values are based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market
price is not available, fair values are estimated using independent pricing
sources or internally developed pricing models.
 
MORTGAGE LOANS
 
Fair values are estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using
the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar
credit ratings. The fair value of below investment grade mortgage loans are
limited to the lesser of the present value of the cash flows or book value.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
REINSURANCE RECEIVABLES
 
The carrying amount of the reinsurance receivable for outstanding claims, losses
and loss adjustment expenses reported in the balance sheet approximates fair
value.
 
POLICY LOANS
 
The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet approximates fair value since
policy loans have no defined maturity dates and are inseparable from the
insurance contracts.
 
INVESTMENT CONTRACTS (WITHOUT MORTALITY FEATURES)
 
Fair values for the Company's liabilities under investment type contracts are
estimated based on current surrender values.
 
The estimated fair values of the financial instruments were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1997                    1996
                                                              ---------------------   ---------------------
DECEMBER 31,                                                  CARRYING      FAIR      CARRYING      FAIR
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   VALUE       VALUE       VALUE       VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
FINANCIAL ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $   31.1    $   31.1    $   18.8    $   18.8
  Fixed maturities..........................................   1,402.5     1,402.5     1,698.0     1,698.0
  Equity securities.........................................      54.0        54.0        41.5        41.5
  Mortgage loans............................................     228.2       239.8       221.6       229.3
  Policy loans..............................................     140.1       140.1       131.7       131.7
  Reinsurance receivables...................................     251.1       251.1        72.5        72.5
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                              $2,107.0    $2,118.6    $2,184.1    $2,191.8
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
  Individual annuity contracts..............................     876.0       850.6       910.2       885.9
  Supplemental contracts without life contingencies.........      15.3        15.3        15.9        15.9
  Other individual contract deposit funds...................       0.3         0.3         0.3         0.3
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                              $  891.6    $  866.2    $  926.4    $  902.1
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
6.  DEBT
 
In 1997 the Company incurred no debt. During 1996, the Company utilized
repurchase agreements to finance certain investments.
 
Interest expense was $3.4 million in 1996, relating to the repurchase
agreements, and is recorded in other operating expenses.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
Provisions for federal income taxes have been calculated in accordance with the
provisions of SFAS No. 109. A summary of the federal income tax expense
(benefit) in the statement of income is shown below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                    1997          1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------      ------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Federal income tax expense (benefit)
  Current...................................................    $ 13.9         $ 26.9
  Deferred..................................................       7.1           (9.8)
                                                               -----          -----
Total.......................................................    $ 21.0         $ 17.1
                                                               -----          -----
                                                               -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
The provision for federal income taxes does not materially differ from the
amount of federal income tax determined by applying the appropriate U.S.
statutory income tax rate to income before federal income taxes. The deferred
tax (assets) liabilities are comprised of the following at December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                    1997          1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Deferred tax (assets) liabilitie
  Loss reserves.............................................    $(175.8)       $(137.0)
  Deferred acquisition costs................................     226.4          186.9
  Investments, net..........................................      27.0           14.2
  Bad debt reserve..........................................      (2.0)          (1.1)
  Other, net................................................       0.3           (2.8)
                                                              ----------   -------------
  Deferred tax liability, net...............................    $ 75.9         $ 60.2
                                                              ----------   -------------
                                                              ----------   -------------
</TABLE>
 
Gross deferred income tax liabilities totaled $253.7 million and $201.1 million
at December 31, 1997 and 1996. Gross deferred income tax assets totaled $177.8
million and $140.9 at December 31, 1997 and 1996.
 
Management believes, based on the Company's recent earnings history and its
future expectations, that the Company's taxable income in future years will be
sufficient to realize all deferred tax assets. In determining the adequacy of
future income, management considered the future reversal of its existing
temporary differences and available tax planning strategies that could be
implemented, if necessary.
 
The Company's federal income tax returns are routinely audited by the IRS, and
provisions are routinely made in the financial statements in anticipation of the
results of these audits. The IRS has examined the life-nonlife consolidated
group's federal income tax returns through 1991. The Company is currently
considering its response to certain adjustments proposed by the IRS with respect
to the life-nonlife consolidated group's federal income tax returns for 1989,
1990, and 1991. In management's opinion, adequate tax liabilities have been
established for all years. However, the amount of these tax liabilities could be
revised in the near term if estimates of the Company's ultimate liability are
revised.
 
8.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The Company has no employees of its own, but has agreements under which FAFLIC
provides management, space and other services, including accounting, electronic
data processing, human resources, legal and other staff functions. Charges for
these services are based on full cost including all direct and indirect overhead
costs, and amounted to $124.1 million and $112.4 million in 1997 and 1996. The
net amounts payable to FAFLIC and affiliates for accrued expenses and various
other liabilities and receivables were $15.0 million and $13.3 million at
December 31, 1997 and 1996.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
9.  DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
 
Delaware has enacted laws governing the payment of dividends to stockholders by
insurers. These laws affect the dividend paying ability of the Company.
 
Pursuant to Delaware's statute, the maximum amount of dividends and other
distributions that an insurer may pay in any twelve month period, without the
prior approval of the Delaware Commissioner of Insurance, is limited to the
greater of (i) 10% of its policyholders' surplus as of the preceding December 31
or (ii) the individual company's statutory net gain from operations for the
preceding calendar year (if such insurer is a life company) or its net income
(not including realized capital gains) for the preceding calendar year (if such
insurer is not a life company). Any dividends to be paid by an insurer, whether
or not in excess of the aforementioned threshold, from a source other than
statutory earned surplus would also require the prior approval of the Delaware
Commissioner of Insurance.
 
At January 1, 1998, AFLIAC could pay dividends of $33.9 million to FAFLIC
without prior approval.
 
10.  REINSURANCE
 
In the normal course of business, the Company seeks to reduce the loss that may
arise from events that cause unfavorable underwriting results by reinsuring
certain levels of risk in various areas of exposure with other insurance
enterprises or reinsurers. Reinsurance transactions are accounted for in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 113.
 
Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with
the claim liability associated with the reinsured policy. Reinsurance contracts
do not relieve the Company from its obligations to policyholders. Failure of
reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company;
consequently, allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible. The
Company determines the appropriate amount of reinsurance based on evaluation of
the risks accepted and analyses prepared by consultants and reinsurers and on
market conditions (including the availability and pricing of reinsurance). The
Company also believes that the terms of its reinsurance contracts are consistent
with industry practice in that they contain standard terms with respect to lines
of business covered, limit and retention, arbitration and occurrence. Based on
its review of its reinsurers' financial statements and reputations in the
reinsurance marketplace, the Company believes that its reinsurers are
financially sound.
 
The effects of reinsurance were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
(IN MILLIONS)                                                    1997          1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Insurance premiums:
  Direct....................................................    $ 48.8         $ 53.3
  Assumed...................................................       2.6            3.1
  Ceded.....................................................     (28.6)         (23.7)
                                                              ----------     ------
Net premiums................................................    $ 22.8         $ 32.7
                                                              ----------     ------
                                                              ----------     ------
Insurance and other individual policy benefits, claims,
 losses and loss adjustment expenses:
  Direct....................................................    $226.0         $206.4
  Assumed...................................................       4.2            4.5
  Ceded.....................................................     (42.4)         (18.3)
                                                              ----------     ------
Net policy benefits, claims, losses and loss adjustment
 expenses...................................................    $187.8         $192.6
                                                              ----------     ------
                                                              ----------     ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11.  DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION EXPENSES
 
The following reflects the changes to the deferred policy acquisition asset:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
(IN MILLIONS)                                                    1997          1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Balance at beginning of year................................    $632.7         $555.7
  Acquisition expenses deferred.............................     184.1          116.6
  Amortized to expense during the year......................     (53.0)         (49.9)
  Adjustment to equity during the year......................     (10.2)          10.3
  Adjustment for cession of disability income insurance.....     (38.6)          --
  Adjustment for revision of universal life and variable
    universal life insurance mortality assumptions..........      50.3           --
                                                              ----------     ------
Balance at end of year......................................    $765.3         $632.7
                                                              ----------     ------
                                                              ----------     ------
</TABLE>
 
On October 1, 1997, the Company revised the mortality assumptions for universal
life and variable universal life product lines. These revisions resulted in a
$50.3 million recapitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs.
 
12.  LIABILITIES FOR INDIVIDUAL ACCIDENT AND HEALTH BENEFITS
 
The Company regularly updates its estimates of liabilities for future policy
benefits and outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses as new
information becomes available and further events occur which may impact the
resolution of unsettled claims. Changes in prior estimates are reflected in
results of operations in the year such changes are determined to be needed and
recorded.
 
The liability for future policy benefits and outstanding claims, losses and loss
adjustment expenses related to the Company's accident and health business was
$219.9 million and $226.2 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996. Accident and
health claim liabilities have been re-estimated for all prior years and were
increased by $-0- million in 1997 and $3.2 million in 1996. Due to the
reinsurance agreement whereby the Company has ceded substantially all of its
accident and health business to the Metropolitan, management believes that no
material adverse development of losses will occur. However, the amount of the
liabilities could be revised in the near term if the estimates are revised.
 
13.  CONTINGENCIES
 
REGULATORY AND INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS
 
Unfavorable economic conditions may contribute to an increase in the number of
insurance companies that are under regulatory supervision. This may result in an
increase in mandatory assessments by state guaranty funds, or voluntary payments
by solvent insurance companies to cover losses to policyholders of insolvent or
rehabilitated companies. Mandatory assessments, which are subject to statutory
limits, can be partially recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes
in some states. The Company is not able to reasonably estimate the potential
effect on it of any such future assessments or voluntary payments.
 
LITIGATION
 
In July 1997, a lawsuit was instituted in Louisiana against Allmerica Financial
Corp. and certain of its subsidiaries by individual plaintiffs alleging fraud,
unfair or deceptive acts, breach of contract, misrepresentation and related
claims in the sale of life insurance policies. In October 1997, plaintiffs
voluntarily dismissed
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
the Louisiana suit and refiled the action in Federal District Court in
Worcester, Massachusetts. The plaintiffs seek to be certified as a class. The
case is in the early stages of discovery and the Company is evaluating the
claims. Although the Company believes it has meritorious defenses to plaintiffs'
claims, there can be no assurance that the claims will be resolved on a basis
which is satisfactory to the Company.
 
The Company has been named a defendant in various legal proceedings arising in
the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, based on the advice
of legal counsel, the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not have a
material effect on the Company's financial statements. However, liabilities
related to these proceedings could be established in the near term if estimates
of the ultimate resolution of these proceedings are revised.
 
YEAR 2000
 
The Year 2000 Issue is the result of computer programs being written using two
digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Any of the Company's
computer programs that have date-sensitive software may recognize a date using
"00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system
failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among
other things, a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices, or
engage in similar normal business activities. Although the Company does not
believe that there is a material contingency associated with the Year 2000
project, there can be no assurance that exposure for material contingencies will
not arise.
 
14.  STATUTORY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The Company is required to file annual statements with state regulatory
authorities prepared on an accounting basis prescribed or permitted by such
authorities (statutory basis). Statutory surplus differs from shareholder's
equity reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for
stock life insurance companies primarily because policy acquisition costs are
expensed when incurred, investment reserves are based on different assumptions,
life insurance reserves are based on different assumptions and income tax
expense reflects only taxes paid or currently payable. Statutory net income and
surplus are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(IN MILLIONS)                                                    1997          1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ----------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Statutory net income........................................    $ 31.5         $  5.4
Statutory Surplus...........................................    $307.1         $234.0
                                                              ----------     ------
                                                              ----------     ------
</TABLE>

   
15. EVENT SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT (UNAUDITED)

In July 1997, a lawsuit on behalf of a punitive class was instituted in 
Louisiana against AFC and certain of its subsidiaries by individual 
plaintiffs alleging fraud, unfair or deceptive acts, breach of contract, 
misrepresentation and related claims in the sale of life insurance policies. 
In October 1997, plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed the Louisiana suit and 
refiled the action in Federal District Court in Worcester, Massachusetts. The 
Company and the plaintiffs have entered into a settlement agreement. The 
Court granted preliminary approval of the settlement on December 4, 1998, and 
has scheduled the hearing to consider final approval for March 1999. Although 
the Company believes it has meritorious defenses to plaintiffs' claims, it 
concluded that this settlement was best for the Company. Accordingly, AFC 
recognized a $31.0 million pre-tax expense during the third quarter of 1998 
related to this litigation, of which $21.0 million was apportioned to AFLIAC. 
Although the Company believes it has established an appropriate reserve, this 
reserve may be revised based on changes in the Company's estimate of the 
ultimate cost of the settlement.
    

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity 
Company and Policyowners of Separate Account VA-P -- Pioneer Vision of 
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company

In our opinion, the accompanying statements of assets and liabilities and the 
related statements of operations and of changes in net assets present fairly, 
in all material respects, the financial position of each of the Sub-Accounts 
(International Growth, Capital Growth, Real Estate Growth, Equity-Income, 
Balanced, America Income, Money Market, Swiss Franc Bond, Growth Shares, and 
Growth and Income) constituting the Separate Account VA-P -- Pioneer Vision 
of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company at December 
31,1997, the results of each of their operations and the changes in each of 
their net assets for the periods indicated, in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the 
responsibility of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company's 
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial 
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which 
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An 
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating 
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits, 
which included confirmation of investments at December 31, 1997 by 
correspondence with the Fund, provide a reasonable basis for the opinion 
expressed above.

/s/ PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Boston, Massachusetts

March 25, 1998

<PAGE>
                    SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P -- PIONEER VISION
                      STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
                               DECEMBER 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         INTERNATIONAL     CAPITAL     REAL ESTATE
                                                            GROWTH          GROWTH       GROWTH     EQUITY-INCOME    BALANCED
                                                         -------------   ------------  -----------  -------------   -----------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>
ASSETS (NOTES 3 AND 7):
Investments in shares of Pioneer Variable Contracts
  Trust................................................   $48,733,527    $100,015,791  $36,654,932  $123,038,690    $43,281,685
Receivable from Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
  Annuity Company (Sponsor)............................         6,067          13,562           --            --             --
                                                         -------------   ------------  -----------  -------------   -----------
  Total assets.........................................    48,739,594     100,029,353   36,654,932   123,038,690     43,281,685
 
LIABILITIES:
Payable to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
  Annuity Company (Sponsor)............................            --              --        3,008        10,789             --
                                                         -------------   ------------  -----------  -------------   -----------
  Net assets...........................................   $48,739,594    $100,029,353  $36,651,924  $123,027,901    $43,281,685
                                                         -------------   ------------  -----------  -------------   -----------
                                                         -------------   ------------  -----------  -------------   -----------
 
Net asset distribution by category:
  Qualified variable annuity policies..................   $12,064,006    $ 27,919,286  $11,112,637  $ 32,707,416    $12,060,729
  Non-qualified variable annuity policies..............    36,675,588      72,110,067   25,539,287    90,320,485     31,220,956
                                                         -------------   ------------  -----------  -------------   -----------
                                                          $48,739,594    $100,029,353  $36,651,924  $123,027,901    $43,281,685
                                                         -------------   ------------  -----------  -------------   -----------
                                                         -------------   ------------  -----------  -------------   -----------
 
Qualified units outstanding, December 31, 1997.........     9,963,320      17,284,016    6,008,721    17,666,468      7,955,185
Net asset value per qualified unit, December 31,
  1997.................................................   $  1.210842    $   1.615324  $  1.849418  $   1.851384    $  1.516084
Non-qualified units outstanding, December 31, 1997.....    30,289,326      44,641,240   13,809,365    48,785,387     20,593,157
Net asset value per non-qualified unit, December 31,
  1997.................................................   $  1.210842    $   1.615324  $  1.849418  $   1.851384    $  1.516084
 
<CAPTION>
                                                           AMERICA       MONEY     SWISS FRANC    GROWTH      GROWTH
                                                           INCOME       MARKET        BOND        SHARES    AND INCOME
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
ASSETS (NOTES 3 AND 7):
Investments in shares of Pioneer Variable Contracts
  Trust................................................  $14,181,165  $13,520,726  $21,713,070  $4,544,533  $4,390,517
Receivable from Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
  Annuity Company (Sponsor)............................          280            2           7           --          --
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
  Total assets.........................................   14,181,445   13,520,728  21,713,077    4,544,533   4,390,517
LIABILITIES:
Payable to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
  Annuity Company (Sponsor)............................           --           --          --           --          --
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
  Net assets...........................................  $14,181,445  $13,520,728  $21,713,077  $4,544,533  $4,390,517
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
Net asset distribution by category:
  Qualified variable annuity policies..................  $ 2,785,498  $ 1,963,057  $10,186,590  $1,503,776  $1,026,813
  Non-qualified variable annuity policies..............   11,395,947   11,557,671  11,526,487    3,040,757   3,363,704
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
                                                         $14,181,445  $13,520,728  $21,713,077  $4,544,533  $4,390,517
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
Qualified units outstanding, December 31, 1997.........    2,500,146    1,790,171  12,602,892    1,473,861     975,578
Net asset value per qualified unit, December 31,
  1997.................................................  $  1.114134  $  1.096575  $ 0.808274   $ 1.020297  $ 1.052518
Non-qualified units outstanding, December 31, 1997.....   10,228,525   10,539,791  14,260,620    2,980,267   3,195,863
Net asset value per non-qualified unit, December 31,
  1997.................................................  $  1.114134  $  1.096575  $ 0.808274   $ 1.020297  $ 1.052518
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      SA-1
<PAGE>
                    SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P -- PIONEER VISION
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    INTERNATIONAL                 REAL ESTATE
                                                       GROWTH     CAPITAL GROWTH     GROWTH     EQUITY-INCOME    BALANCED
                                                    ------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends.......................................   $   90,381    $         --    $  899,720    $ 1,956,565    $  757,171
                                                    ------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
EXPENSES (NOTE 4):
  Mortality and expense risk fees.................      488,086         925,315       292,763      1,013,070       351,807
  Administrative expense fees.....................       60,326         114,365        36,184        125,211        43,482
                                                    ------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
    Total expenses................................      548,412       1,039,680       328,947      1,138,281       395,289
                                                    ------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
  Net investment income (loss)....................     (458,031)     (1,039,680)      570,773        818,284       361,882
                                                    ------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON
  INVESTMENTS:
  Realized gain distributions from portfolio
    sponsor.......................................      473,914         549,333        41,137         59,861       258,539
  Net realized gain (loss) from sales of
    investments...................................      123,161         674,650       252,219      1,346,024       175,512
                                                    ------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
    Net realized gain (loss)......................      597,075       1,223,983       293,356      1,405,885       434,051
  Net unrealized gain (loss)......................     (833,701)     13,286,504     3,758,359     20,957,678     2,741,339
                                                    ------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
    Net realized and unrealized gain (loss).......     (236,626)     14,510,487     4,051,715     22,363,563     3,175,390
                                                    ------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
      operations..................................   $ (694,657)   $ 13,470,807    $4,622,488    $23,181,847    $3,537,272
                                                    ------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
                                                    ------------  --------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                      AMERICA        MONEY      SWISS FRANC       GROWTH         GROWTH
 
                                                       INCOME        MARKET         BOND          SHARES*      AND INCOME*
 
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------   -------------  -------------
 
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends.......................................   $  481,164    $  555,165   $        --      $      --      $   2,775
 
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------   -------------  -------------
 
EXPENSES (NOTE 4):
  Mortality and expense risk fees.................      108,597       150,787       214,128          3,766          3,365
 
  Administrative expense fees.....................       13,422        18,637        26,466            465            416
 
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------   -------------  -------------
 
    Total expenses................................      122,019       169,424       240,594          4,231          3,781
 
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------   -------------  -------------
 
  Net investment income (loss)....................      359,145       385,741      (240,594)        (4,231)        (1,006)
 
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------   -------------  -------------
 
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON
  INVESTMENTS:
  Realized gain distributions from portfolio
    sponsor.......................................           --            --            --             --             --
 
  Net realized gain (loss) from sales of
    investments...................................      (16,827)           --      (167,069)         1,156             (2)
 
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------   -------------  -------------
 
    Net realized gain (loss)......................      (16,827)           --      (167,069)         1,156             (2)
 
  Net unrealized gain (loss)......................      299,832            --      (803,923)        19,377         67,826
 
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------   -------------  -------------
 
    Net realized and unrealized gain (loss).......      283,005            --      (970,992)        20,533         67,824
 
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------   -------------  -------------
 
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
      operations..................................   $  642,150    $  385,741   $(1,211,586)     $  16,302      $  66,818
 
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------   -------------  -------------
 
                                                    ------------  ------------  ------------   -------------  -------------
 
</TABLE>
 
* For the period 10/31/97 (date of initial investment) to 12/31/97
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      SA-2
<PAGE>
                    SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P -- PIONEER VISION
                      STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 INTERNATIONAL GROWTH         CAPITAL GROWTH           REAL ESTATE GROWTH
                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               ------------------------  -------------------------  ------------------------
                                                  1997         1996          1997         1996         1997         1996
                                               -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS:
  FROM OPERATIONS:
    Net investment income (loss).............  $  (458,031) $  (146,170) $ (1,039,680) $  (144,561) $   570,773  $    93,007
    Net realized gain (loss).................      597,075       11,904     1,223,983      628,933      293,356       88,724
    Net unrealized gain (loss)...............     (833,701)     913,644    13,286,504    1,850,086    3,758,359    1,395,785
                                               -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets
      from operations........................     (694,657)     779,378    13,470,807    2,334,458    4,622,488    1,577,516
                                               -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
  FROM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS (NOTE 5):
    Net purchase payments....................   22,741,571   14,985,371    34,562,466   23,951,458   16,808,158    5,171,249
    Withdrawals..............................   (1,864,858)    (531,373)   (3,065,144)  (1,094,307)    (998,730)    (178,259)
    Annuity benefits.........................     (815,896)     (35,524)   (1,497,249)    (404,622)    (279,646)     (21,214)
    Other transfers from (to) the General
      Account of Allmerica Financial Life
      Insurance and Annuity Company
      (Sponsor)..............................    4,961,076    6,523,125     8,291,056   14,237,620    5,569,102    3,985,797
    Net increase (decrease) in investment by
      Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
      Annuity Company (Sponsor)..............           --           --            --           --           --           --
                                               -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets
      from capital transactions..............   25,021,893   20,941,599    38,291,129   36,690,149   21,098,884    8,957,573
                                               -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets....   24,327,236   21,720,977    51,761,936   39,024,607   25,721,372   10,535,089
 
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period........................   24,412,358    2,691,381    48,267,417    9,242,810   10,930,552      395,463
                                               -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  End of period..............................  $48,739,594  $24,412,358  $100,029,353  $48,267,417  $36,651,924  $10,930,552
                                               -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                               -----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                     EQUITY-INCOME                BALANCED
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               -------------------------  ------------------------
                                                   1997         1996         1997         1996
                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS:
  FROM OPERATIONS:
    Net investment income (loss).............  $    818,284  $   233,135  $   361,882  $   114,720
    Net realized gain (loss).................     1,405,885      106,639      434,051      114,381
    Net unrealized gain (loss)...............    20,957,678    3,553,882    2,741,339      930,084
                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets
      from operations........................    23,181,847    3,893,656    3,537,272    1,159,185
                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  FROM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS (NOTE 5):
    Net purchase payments....................    46,057,375   24,174,481   20,877,883    8,374,265
    Withdrawals..............................    (3,392,147)  (1,355,793)  (1,589,954)    (533,231)
    Annuity benefits.........................    (1,782,924)    (225,541)    (891,283)      (2,577)
    Other transfers from (to) the General
      Account of Allmerica Financial Life
      Insurance and Annuity Company
      (Sponsor)..............................    12,733,934   12,956,495    4,841,886    4,979,408
    Net increase (decrease) in investment by
      Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
      Annuity Company (Sponsor)..............            --           --           --           --
                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets
      from capital transactions..............    53,616,238   35,549,642   23,238,532   12,817,865
                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets....    76,798,085   39,443,298   26,775,804   13,977,050
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period........................    46,229,816    6,786,518   16,505,881    2,528,831
                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  End of period..............................  $123,027,901  $46,229,816  $43,281,685  $16,505,881
                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      SA-3
<PAGE>
                    SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P -- PIONEER VISION
                STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   AMERICA INCOME              MONEY MARKET             SWISS FRANC BOND
                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               -----------------------  --------------------------  ------------------------
                                                  1997         1996         1997          1996         1997         1996
                                               -----------  ----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS:
  FROM OPERATIONS:
    Net investment income (loss).............  $   359,145  $  160,053  $    385,741  $    247,249  $  (240,594) $   (71,334)
    Net realized gain (loss).................      (16,827)    (89,497)           --            --     (167,069)     (12,348)
    Net unrealized gain (loss)...............      299,832     (85,087)           --            --     (803,923)    (567,385)
                                               -----------  ----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets
      from
      operations.............................      642,150     (14,531)      385,741       247,249   (1,211,586)    (651,067)
                                               -----------  ----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
 
  FROM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS (NOTE 5):
    Net purchase payments....................    6,844,021   4,028,488    43,113,597    57,939,153    8,144,276    5,962,270
    Withdrawals..............................     (474,352)   (208,917)   (1,366,472)   (1,310,771)    (604,411)     (86,141)
    Annuity benefits.........................     (121,607)    (66,963)      (88,688)      (70,325)     (77,999)          --
    Other transfers from (to) the General
      Account of
      Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
      Annuity Company (Sponsor)..............      711,089    (566,632)  (39,844,835)  (48,794,697)   2,538,464    7,610,472
    Net increase (decrease) in investment by
      Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
      Annuity Company (Sponsor)..............           --          --            --            --           --         (177)
                                               -----------  ----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets
      from capital
      transactions...........................    6,959,151   3,185,976     1,813,602     7,763,360   10,000,330   13,486,424
                                               -----------  ----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets....    7,601,301   3,171,445     2,199,343     8,010,609    8,788,744   12,835,357
 
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period........................    6,580,144   3,408,699    11,321,385     3,310,776   12,924,333       88,976
                                               -----------  ----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
  End of period..............................  $14,181,445  $6,580,144  $ 13,520,728  $ 11,321,385  $21,713,077  $12,924,333
                                               -----------  ----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                               -----------  ----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                   GROWTH SHARES         GROWTH AND INCOME
                                                    PERIOD FROM             PERIOD FROM
                                               10/31/97* TO 12/31/97   10/31/97* TO 12/31/97
                                               ---------------------   ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>                     <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS:
  FROM OPERATIONS:
    Net investment income (loss).............       $   (4,231)             $   (1,006)
    Net realized gain (loss).................            1,156                      (2)
    Net unrealized gain (loss)...............           19,377                  67,826
                                                   -----------             -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets
      from
      operations.............................           16,302                  66,818
                                                   -----------             -----------
  FROM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS (NOTE 5):
    Net purchase payments....................        1,737,338               2,355,264
    Withdrawals..............................           (8,166)                 (9,391)
    Annuity benefits.........................               --                      --
    Other transfers from (to) the General
      Account of
      Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
      Annuity Company (Sponsor)..............        2,799,059               1,977,826
    Net increase (decrease) in investment by
      Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
      Annuity Company (Sponsor)..............               --                      --
                                                   -----------             -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets
      from capital
      transactions...........................        4,528,231               4,323,699
                                                   -----------             -----------
    Net increase (decrease) in net assets....        4,544,533               4,390,517
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period........................               --                      --
                                                   -----------             -----------
  End of period..............................       $4,544,533              $4,390,517
                                                   -----------             -----------
                                                   -----------             -----------
</TABLE>
 
* Date of initial investment
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      SA-4
<PAGE>
                    SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P -- PIONEER VISION
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- ORGANIZATION
 
    Separate Account VA-P -- Pioneer Vision (Separate Account VA-P) is a
separate investment account of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity
Company (the Company), established on October 27, 1994 for the purpose of
separating from the general assets of the Company those assets used to fund
certain variable annuity contracts issued by the Company. The Company is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
(First Allmerica). First Allmerica is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allmerica
Financial Corporation (AFC). Under applicable insurance law, the assets and
liabilities of Separate Account VA-P are clearly identified and distinguished
from the other assets and liabilities of the Company. Separate Account VA-P
cannot be charged with liabilities arising out of any other business of the
Company.
 
Separate Account VA-P is registered as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act). Separate Account VA-P
currently offers ten Sub-Accounts under the contracts. Each Sub-Account invests
exclusively in a corresponding investment portfolio of the Pioneer Variable
Contracts Trust (the Fund). Each portfolio is managed by Pioneering Management
Corporation (Pioneer). The Fund is an open-end management investment company
registered under the 1940 Act.
 
Separate Account VA-P funds two types of variable annuity contracts, "qualified"
contracts and "non-qualified" contracts. A qualified contract is one that is
purchased in connection with a retirement plan which meets the requirements of
Section 401, 403, or 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, while a non-qualified
contract is one that is not purchased in connection with one of the indicated
retirement plans. The tax treatment for certain withdrawals or surrenders will
vary according to whether they are made from a qualified contract or a
non-qualified contract.
 
Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform with current year
presentation.
 
NOTE 2 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
INVESTMENTS -- Security transactions are recorded on the trade date. Investments
in shares of the Fund are stated at the net asset value per share of the
respective investment portfolio of the Fund. Net realized gains and losses on
securities sold are determined using the average cost method. Dividends and
capital gain distributions are recorded on the ex-dividend date and are
reinvested in additional shares of the respective investment portfolio of the
Fund at net asset value.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES -- The Company is taxed as a "life insurance company" under
Subchapter L of the Internal Revenue Code and files a consolidated federal
income tax return with First Allmerica. The Company anticipates no tax liability
resulting from the operations of Separate Account VA-P. Therefore, no provision
for income taxes has been charged against Separate Account VA-P.
 
                                      SA-5
<PAGE>
                    SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P -- PIONEER VISION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3 -- INVESTMENTS
 
    The number of shares owned, aggregate cost, and net asset value per share of
each Sub-Account's investment in the Fund at December 31, 1997 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PORTFOLIO INFORMATION
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                                     NET ASSET
                                           NUMBER OF    AGGREGATE      VALUE
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO                        SHARES        COST       PER SHARE
- ----------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>
International Growth....................   3,984,753   $48,612,006   $  12.230
Capital Growth..........................   6,192,928    84,785,584      16.150
Real Estate Growth......................   2,168,931    31,486,001      16.900
Equity-Income...........................   6,782,728    98,198,953      18.140
Balanced................................   2,898,974    39,520,884      14.930
America Income..........................   1,412,467    13,919,047      10.040
Money Market............................  13,520,726    13,520,726       1.000
Swiss Franc Bond........................   1,737,046    23,084,396      12.500
Growth Shares...........................     296,254     4,525,156      15.340
Growth and Income.......................     277,705     4,322,691      15.810
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    The Company makes a charge of 1.25% per annum based on the average daily net
assets of each Sub-Account at each valuation date for mortality and expense
risks. The Company also charges each Sub-Account .15% per annum based on the
average daily net assets of each Sub-Account for administrative expenses. These
charges are deducted from the daily value of each Sub-Account and are paid to
the Company on a daily basis.
 
A $30 contract fee is currently deducted on the contract anniversary date and
upon full surrender when the accumulated value is less than $50,000 on contracts
issued on Form A3025-96 (Pioneer Vision II) and $50,000 or less on contracts
issued on Form A3023-95 (Pioneer Vision I). The fee is currently waived for all
contracts issued to the trustee of a 401(k) plan. For the year ended December
31, 1997, contract fees deducted from accumulated value in Separate Account VA-P
amounted to $71,966. These amounts are included on the statements of changes in
net assets with Other transfers to the General Account.
 
Allmerica Investments, Inc. (Allmerica Investments), a wholly-owned subsidiary
of First Allmerica, is principal underwriter and general distributor of Separate
Account VA-P, and does not receive any compensation for sales of the contracts.
Commissions are paid by the Company to registered representatives of broker-
dealers who are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are
members of the National Association of Securities Dealers. As the current series
of contracts have a contingent deferred sales charge, no deduction is made for
sales charges at the time of the sale. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the
Company received $182,152 for contingent deferred sales charges applicable to
Separate Account VA-P.
 
                                      SA-6
<PAGE>
                    SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P -- PIONEER VISION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5 -- CONTRACTOWNERS AND SPONSOR TRANSACTIONS
 
    Transactions from contractowners and sponsor were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            1997                           1996
                                -----------------------------  -----------------------------
                                    UNITS          AMOUNT          UNITS          AMOUNT
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
International Growth
  Issuance of Units...........     27,421,873  $   35,312,945     20,211,464  $   23,383,021
  Redemption of Units.........     (8,021,017)    (10,291,052)    (1,819,897)     (2,441,422)
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Net increase..............     19,400,856  $   25,021,893     18,391,567  $   20,941,599
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
 
Capital Growth
  Issuance of Units...........     34,980,357  $   52,814,487     36,627,516  $   47,339,569
  Redemption of Units.........     (9,801,579)    (14,523,358)    (7,862,188)    (10,649,420)
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Net increase..............     25,178,778  $   38,291,129     28,765,328  $   36,690,149
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
 
Real Estate Growth
  Issuance of Units...........     17,299,530  $   28,116,775      7,087,383  $    9,543,697
  Redemption of Units.........     (4,544,021)     (7,017,891)      (366,808)       (586,124)
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Net increase..............     12,755,509  $   21,098,884      6,720,575  $    8,957,573
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
 
Equity-Income
  Issuance of Units...........     48,076,797  $   78,041,834     31,805,402  $   41,659,999
  Redemption of Units.........    (14,928,631)    (24,425,596)    (4,054,352)     (6,110,357)
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Net increase..............     33,148,166  $   53,616,238     27,751,050  $   35,549,642
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
 
Balanced
  Issuance of Units...........     20,321,783  $   28,876,353     11,488,390  $   14,519,443
  Redemption of Units.........     (4,352,053)     (5,637,821)    (1,080,821)     (1,701,578)
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Net increase..............     15,969,730  $   23,238,532     10,407,569  $   12,817,865
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
 
America Income
  Issuance of Units...........     10,705,484  $   11,334,874      7,667,493  $    8,085,046
  Redemption of Units.........     (4,293,398)     (4,375,723)    (4,618,822)     (4,899,070)
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Net increase..............      6,412,086  $    6,959,151      3,048,671  $    3,185,976
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
 
Money Market
  Issuance of Units...........     67,768,795  $   70,815,473     67,955,469  $   72,128,999
  Redemption of Units.........    (66,093,041)    (69,001,871)   (60,511,733)    (64,365,639)
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Net increase..............      1,675,754  $    1,813,602      7,443,736  $    7,763,360
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      SA-7
<PAGE>
                    SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P -- PIONEER VISION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5 -- CONTRACTOWNERS AND SPONSOR TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            1997                           1996
                                -----------------------------  -----------------------------
                                    UNITS          AMOUNT          UNITS          AMOUNT
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Swiss Franc Bond
  Issuance of Units...........     17,505,832  $   14,050,313     15,076,598  $   13,957,588
  Redemption of Units.........     (5,319,088)     (4,049,983)      (488,674)       (471,164)
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Net increase..............     12,186,744  $   10,000,330     14,587,924  $   13,486,424
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
 
Growth Shares
  Issuance of Units...........      4,755,609  $    4,827,869             --  $           --
  Redemption of Units.........       (301,481)       (299,638)            --              --
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Net increase..............      4,454,128  $    4,528,231             --  $           --
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
 
Growth and Income
  Issuance of Units...........      4,214,742  $    4,366,278             --  $           --
  Redemption of Units.........        (43,301)        (42,579)            --              --
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Net increase..............      4,171,441  $    4,323,699             --  $           --
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                -------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 -- DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
 
    Under the provisions of Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code, a
variable annuity contract, other than a contract issued in connection with
certain types of employee benefit plans, will not be treated as an annuity
contract for federal income tax purposes for any period for which the
investments of the segregated asset account on which the contract is based are
not adequately diversified. The Code provides that the "adequately diversified"
requirement may be met if the underlying investments satisfy either a statutory
safe harbor test or diversification requirements set forth in regulations issued
by the Secretary of The Treasury.
 
The Internal Revenue Service has issued regulations under Section 817(h) of the
Code. The Company believes that Separate Account VA-P satisfies the current
requirements of the regulations, and it intends that Separate Account VA-P will
continue to meet such requirements.
 
                                      SA-8
<PAGE>
                    SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P -- PIONEER VISION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7 -- PURCHASES AND SALES OF SECURITIES
 
    Cost of purchases and proceeds from sales of the Fund shares by Separate
Account VA-P during the year ended December 31, 1997 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO                                 PURCHASES       SALES
- --------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>
International Growth..............................  $ 28,153,120  $ 3,121,412
Capital Growth....................................    42,007,835    4,220,564
Real Estate Growth................................    23,891,493    2,177,691
Equity-Income.....................................    63,169,779    8,890,305
Balanced..........................................    25,590,095    1,731,142
America Income....................................     9,756,316    2,438,252
Money Market......................................    38,983,077   36,783,735
Swiss Franc Bond..................................    12,047,912    2,288,183
Growth Shares.....................................     4,620,514       96,514
Growth and Income.................................     4,323,145          452
                                                    ------------  -----------
Totals............................................  $252,543,286  $61,748,250
                                                    ------------  -----------
                                                    ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      SA-9
<PAGE>

                             PART C.  OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

     (A)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

          Financial Statements Included in Part A
          None

          Financial Statements Included in Part B
          Financial Statements for Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
          Annuity Company 
          Financial Statements for Separate Account VA-P of Allmerica Financial
          Life Insurance and Annuity Company 

          Financial Statements Included in Part C
          None

     (B)  EXHIBITS

     EXHIBIT 1      Vote of Board of Directors Authorizing Establishment of
                    Registrant dated October 27, 1994 was previously filed on
                    April 24, 1998 in Registration Statement No. 811-8848,
                    Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 and is incorporated by 
                    reference herein.

     EXHIBIT 2      Not Applicable.  Pursuant to Rule 26a-2, the Insurance
                    Company may hold the assets of the Registrant NOT pursuant
                    to a trust indenture or other such instrument.

     EXHIBIT 3      (a)  Underwriting and Administrative Services Agreement was
                    previously filed on April 24, 1998 in Registration Statement
                    No. 811-8848, Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 and is
                    incorporated by reference herein.

                    (b)  Wholesaling Agreement and Amendment were previously 
                    filed on April 24, 1998 in Registration Statement No. 
                    811-8848, Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 and are 
                    incorporated by reference herein.

   
                    (c)  Revised Commission Schedule is filed 
                    herewith. Sales Agreements with Commission Schedule were 
                    previously filed on April 24, 1998 in Registration 
                    Statement No. 811-8848, Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 and 
                    are incorporated by reference herein.
    

                    (d)  General Agent's Agreement was previously filed on
                    April 24, 1998 in Registration Statement No. 811-8848,
                    Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 and is incorporated by 
                    reference herein.

                    (e)  Career Agent Agreement was previously filed on
                    April 24, 1998 in Registration Statement No. 811-8848,
                    Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 and is incorporated by 
                    reference herein.

                    (f)  Registered Representative's Agreement was previously 
                    filed on April 24, 1998 in Registration Statement No. 
                    811-8848, Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 and is 
                    incorporated by reference herein.

   
     EXHIBIT 4      Contract Form 3027-98 is filed herewith.
    

     EXHIBIT 5      Application Form SML-1447P is filed herewith.

     EXHIBIT 6      The Depositor's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws were
                    previously filed in Registrant's initial Registration
                    Statement on November 3, 1994 and are incorporated by
                    reference herein. An Amendment to the Articles of
                    Incorporation and Bylaws were previously filed on October 1,
                    1996, and are incorporated by reference herein.

     EXHIBIT 7      Not Applicable.

<PAGE>

     EXHIBIT 8      BFDS Agreements for lockbox and mailroom services 
                    were previously filed on April 24, 1998 in Registration
                    Statement No. 811-8848, Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 
                    and are incorporated by reference herein.

     EXHIBIT 9      Opinion of Counsel is filed herewith.

     EXHIBIT 10     Consent of Independent Accountants is filed herewith.

     EXHIBIT 11     None.

     EXHIBIT 12     None.

     EXHIBIT 13     Not Applicable.

     EXHIBIT 14     Not Applicable.

     EXHIBIT 15     Participation Agreement with Pioneer was previously filed 
                    on April 24, 1998 in Registration Statement No. 811-8848, 
                    Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 and is incorporated by 
                    reference herein.

ITEM 25.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR

     The principal business address of all the following Directors and Officers
is:
     440 Lincoln Street
     Worcester, Massachusetts  01653

                   DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY


          NAME AND POSITION        PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING
             WITH COMPANY                  PAST FIVE YEARS
          -----------------        ------------------------------

Bruce C. Anderson                  Director of First Allmerica since 1996; Vice
 Director                           President, First Allmerica since 1984

Abigail M. Armstrong               Secretary of First Allmerica since 1996;
 Secretary and Counsel              Counsel, First Allmerica since 1991

   
Warren E. Barnes                   Vice President and Corporate Controller of
 Vice President and                 First Allmerica since 1998; Vice President
 Corporate Controller               and Co-Controller, First Allmerica 1997; 
                                    Vice President and Assistant Controller,
                                    First Allmerica 1996 to 1997; Assistant
                                    Vice President and Assistant Controller,
                                    First Allmerica 1995 to 1996; Assistant
                                    Vice President Corporate Accounting and
                                    Reporting, First Allmerica 1993 to 1995
    
 
Robert E. Bruce                    Director and Chief Information Officer of
 Director and Chief                 First Allmerica since 1997; Vice President
 Information Officer                of First Allmerica since 1995; Corporate 
                                    Manager, Digital Equipment Corporation 1979 
                                    to 1995
 
John P. Kavanaugh                  Director and Chief Investment Officer of
 Director, Vice President and       First Allmerica since 1996; Vice President,
 Chief Investment Officer           First Allmerica since 1991

John F. Kelly                      Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
 Director, Vice President and       Senior Vice President, First Allmerica since
 General Counsel                    1986; General Counsel, First Allmerica 
                                    since 1981; Assistant Secretary, First 
                                    Allmerica since 1991

J. Barry May                       Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
 Director                           Director and President, The Hanover 
                                    Insurance Company since 1996; Vice     
                                    President, The Hanover Insurance Company, 
                                    1993 to 1996; General Manager, The Hanover
                                    Insurance Company 1989 to 1993

James R. McAuliffe                 Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
 Director                           Director of Citizens Insurance Company of 
                                    America since 1992, President since 1994, 
                                    and CEO since 1996; Vice President, First 
                                    Allmerica 1982 to 1994; Chief 

<PAGE>

                                    Investment Officer, First Allmerica 1986 to 
                                    1994

John F. O'Brien                    Director, Chairman of the Board, President
 Director, Chairman of the          and Chief Executive Officer, First Allmerica
 Board, President and Chief         since 1989
 Executive Officer

Edward J. Parry, III               Director and Chief Financial Officer of First
 Director, Vice President, Chief    Allmerica since 1996; Vice President and 
 Financial Officer and Treasurer    Treasurer, First Allmerica since 1993; 
                                    Assistant Vice President 1992 to 1993

Richard M. Reilly                  Director of First Allmerica since 1996; Vice 
 Director and Vice President        President, First Allmerica since 1990; 
                                    Director, Allmerica Investments, Inc. since 
                                    1990; Director and President, Allmerica 
                                    Financial Investment Management Services, 
                                    Inc. since 1990

Robert P. Restrepo, Jr.            Chief Executive Officer of Travelers 
 Director                           Property & Casualty Company 1996-1998;
                                    President of Aetna Life & Casualty Company
                                    1993-1996

Eric A. Simonsen                   Director of First Allmerica since 1996; Vice
 Director and Vice President        President, First Allmerica since 1990; Chief
                                    Financial Officer, First Allmerica 1990 to 
                                    1996

Phillip E. Soule                   Director of First Allmerica since 1996; Vice
 Director and Vice President        President, First Allmerica since 1987

<PAGE>

ITEM 26.  PERSONS UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT

     See attached organization chart.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S><C>
                                Allmerica Financial Corporation

                                            Delaware
     |               |                  |                  |              |            |              |
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
 Financial          100%               100%               100%           100%         100%           100%
Profiles, Inc.  Allmerica, Inc.      Allmerica       First Allmerica  AFC Capital   Allmerica   First Sterling
                                   Funding Corp.     Financial Life    Trust I      Services        Limited
                                                       Insurance                   Corporation
                                                        Company

   
 California     Massachusetts       Massachusetts     Massachusetts    Delaware    Massachusetts    Bermuda
                                                            |                                    |
30%                                       ________________________________                _____________
                                                                   |                            |
                                                                  100%                         100%
                                                                  SMA                     First Sterling
                                                            Financial Corp.                Reinsurance
                                                                                              Company
                                                                                             Limited
    

                                                              Massachusetts                  Bermuda
                                                                     |
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
        |                   |                    |                   |                     |                   |
         70%               100%               99.2%                 100%                  100%                100%  
     Allmerica        Sterling Risk         Allmerica             Allmerica             Allmerica           Allmerica
     Property           Management             Trust             Investments,           Financial        Financial Life 
    & Casualty        Services, Inc.       Company, N.A.            Inc.                Investment       Insurance and
  Companies, Inc.                                                                       Management      Annuity Company
                                                                                      Services, Inc.

                                             Federally
     Delaware            Delaware            Chartered          Massachusetts         Massachusetts         Delaware 
         |                                                                                                           
___________________________________________________________________________                             ______|_______   
                            |                   |                    |                                        |          
                           100%                100%                 100%                                     100%        
                        The Hanover          Allmerica           Citizens                                 Somerset       
                         Insurance           Financial           Insurance                               Square, Inc.    
                          Company            Insurance           Company of                                              
                                           Brokers, Inc.          Illinois                                               
                                                                                                                         
   Massachusetts       New Hampshire       Massachusetts          Illinois                              Massachusetts    
                             |
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
        |                                       |                    |                     |                  |
       100%                 100%               100%                 100%                  83%                100%
     Allmerica            Allmerica         The Hanover        Hanover Texas           Citizens          Massachusetts
     Financial              Plus             American            Insurance            Corporation        Bay Insurance
      Benefit             Insurance          Insurance           Management                                 Company
     Insurance          Agency, Inc.          Company          Company, Inc.
      Company

   Pennsylvania        Massachusetts       New Hampshire           Texas                Delaware         New Hampshire
                                                                                           |
                                                              ________________________________________________________
                                                                     |                     |                   |
                                                                    100%                  100%               100%
                                                                  Citizens         Citizens Insurance      Citizens
                                                                 Insurance            Company of           Insurance
                                                              Company of Ohio           America         Company of the
                                                                                                            Midwest

                                                                    Ohio                Michigan            Indiana
                                                                                           |
                                                                                    _______________
                                                                                          100%
                                                                                        Citizens
                                                                                    Management Inc.

                                                                                        Michigan
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S><C>
                                Allmerica Financial Corporation

                                            Delaware
     |                    |                     |                   |             |           |               |
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
  Financial              100%                  100%               100%           100%        100%            100%
Profiles, Inc.     Allmerica, Inc.          Allmerica        First Allmerica  AFC Capital   Allmerica   First Sterling
                                          Funding Corp.      Financial Life    Trust I      Services        Limited
                                                                Insurance                  Corporation
                                                                 Company
                               
 California         Massachusetts         Massachusetts       Massachusetts    Delaware   Massachusetts     Bermuda
                                                      |                                          |

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
        |                    |                   |                     |                   |                        
       100%                100%                 100%                  100%                100%
     Allmerica           Allmerica           Allmerica             Allmerica           Allmerica 
    Investment             Asset         Financial Services          Asset             Benefits
    Management          Management,          Insurance            Management,             Inc.
   Company, Inc.            Inc.            Agency, Inc.            Limited  

   Massachusetts       Massachusetts       Massachusetts            Bermuda             Florida

                                                              ________________      _________________________________
                                                              Allmerica Equity         Greendale              AAM
                                                                 Index Pool             Special           Equity Fund
                                                                                       Placements
                                                                                          Fund

                                                               Massachusetts         Massachusetts       Massachusetts
_____________________________________
        |                   |                                 --------------  Grantor Trusts established for the benefit of First
       100%                100%                                               Allmerica, Allmerica Financial Life, Hanover and
     Allmerica          AMGRO, Inc.                                           Citizens                                           
     Financial                                                   Allmerica               Allmerica
     Alliance                                                 Investment Trust          Securities
     Insurance                                                                             Trust
      Company
                                                               Massachusetts           Massachusetts
   New Hampshire       Massachusetts
                             |
                      _______________
                             |
                           100%                               --------------  Affiliated Management Investment Companies
                          Lloyds
                          Credit                                                    Hanover Lloyd's
                        Corporation                                                    Insurance
                                                                                        Company

                       Massachusetts                                                     Texas

                                                              --------------  Affiliated Lloyd's plan company, controlled by
                                                                              Underwriters for the benefit of The Hanover
                                                                              Insurance Company

                                                                                          AAM              AAM
                                                                                       Growth &            High  
                                                                                      Income Fund       Yield Fund, 
                                                                                          L.P.            L.L.C.
                                                                                        
                                                                                        Delaware       Massachusetts
                                                                                        
                                                              --------------  L.P. or L.L.C. established for the benefit of
                                                                              First Allmerica, Allmerica 
                                                                              Financial Life, Hanover and 
                                                                              Citizens

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
               ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     NAME                               ADDRESS                  TYPE OF BUSINESS
     ----                               -------                  ----------------
<S>                                <C>                           <C>
AAM Equity Fund                    440 Lincoln Street            Massachusetts Grantor Trust
                                   Worcester MA 01653

AAM Growth & Income Fund L.P.      440 Lincoln Street            Limited Partnership
                                   Worcester MA 01653

AFC Capital Trust I                440 Lincoln Street            Statutory Business Trust
                                   Worcester MA 01653  
          
Allmerica Asset Management         440 Lincoln Street            Investment advisory services
Limited                            Worcester MA 01653
          
Allmerica Asset Management,        440 Lincoln Street            Investment advisory services
Inc.                               Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Benefits, Inc.           440 Lincoln Street            Non-insurance medical services
                                   Worcester MA 01653  

Allmerica Equity Index Pool        440 Lincoln Street            Massachusetts Grantor Trust
                                   Worcester MA 01653  
          
Allmerica Financial Alliance       100 North Parkway             Multi-line property and  casualty
Insurance Company                  Worcester MA 01605            insurance
          
Allmerica Financial Benefit        100 North Parkway             Multi-line property and casualty
Insurance Company                  Worcester MA 01605            insurance
          
Allmerica Financial Corporation    440 Lincoln Street            Holding Company
                                   Worcester MA 01653
          
Allmerica Financial Insurance      440 Lincoln Street
Brokers, Inc.                      Worcester MA 01653            Insurance Broker
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                           <C>
Allmerica Financial Life           440 Lincoln Street            Life insurance, accident and health
Insurance and Annuity Company      Worcester MA 01653            insurance, annuities, variable
(formerly known as SMA Life                                      annuities and variable life insurance
Assurance Company)

Allmerica Financial Services       440 Lincoln Street            Insurance Agency
Insurance Agency, Inc.             Worcester MA 01653
          
Allmerica Funding Corp.            440 Lincoln Street            Special purpose funding vehicle
                                   Worcester MA 01653            for commercial paper
          
Allmerica, Inc.                    440 Lincoln Street            Common employer for Allmerica
                                   Worcester MA 01653            Financial Corporation entities

Allmerica Financial                440 Lincoln Street            Investment advisory services
Investment Management              Worcester MA 01653            
Services, Inc. (formerly
known as Allmerica Institutional
Services, Inc.)

Allmerica Investment Management    440 Lincoln Street            Investment advisory services
Company, Inc.                      Worcester MA 01653
          
Allmerica Investments, Inc.        440 Lincoln Street            Securities, retail broker-dealer
                                   Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Investment Trust         440 Lincoln Street            Investment Company
                                   Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Plus Insurance Agency,   440 Lincoln Street            Insurance Agency
Inc.                               Worcester MA 01653  
          
Allmerica Property & Casualty      440 Lincoln Street            Holding Company
Companies, Inc.                    Worcester MA 01653
          
Allmerica Securities Trust         440 Lincoln Street            Investment Company
                                   Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Services Corporation     440 Lincoln Street            Internal administrative services
                                   Worcester MA 01653            provider to Allmerica Financial 
                                                                 Corporation entities
          
Allmerica Trust Company, N.A.      440 Lincoln Street            Limited purpose national trust
                                   Worcester MA 01653            company
          
AMGRO, Inc.                        100 North Parkway             Premium financing
                                   Worcester MA 01605

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                           <C>
Citizens Corporation               440 Lincoln Street            Holding Company
                                   Worcester MA 01653
          
Citizens Insurance Company of      645 West Grand River          Multi-line property and casualty  
America                            Howell MI 48843               insurance
          
Citizens Insurance Company of      333 Pierce Road               Multi-line property and casualty 
Illinois                           Itasca IL 60143               insurance
          
Citizens Insurance Company of      3950 Priority Way South       Multi-line property and casualty
the Midwest                        Drive, Suite 200              insurance
                                   Indianapolis IN 46280
          
Citizens Insurance Company of      8101 N. High Street           Multi-line property and casualty 
Ohio                               P.O. Box 342250               insurance 
                                   Columbus OH 43234             
          
Citizens Management, Inc.          645 West Grand River          Services management company
                                   Howell MI 48843
          
Financial Profiles                 5421 Avenida Encinas          Computer software company
                                   Carlsbad, CA 92008

First Allmerica Financial Life     440 Lincoln Street            Life, pension, annuity, accident
Insurance Company (formerly        Worcester MA 01653            and health insurance company
State Mutual Life Assurance 
Company of America)

First Sterling Limited             440 Lincoln Street            Holding Company
                                   Worcester MA 01653

First Sterling Reinsurance         440 Lincoln Street            Reinsurance Company
Company Limited                    Worcester MA 01653  

Greendale Special Placements       440 Lincoln Street            Massachusetts Grantor Trust
Fund                               Worcester MA 01653  
          
The Hanover American Insurance     100 North Parkway             Multi-line property and casualty 
Company                            Worcester MA 01605            insurance
          
The Hanover Insurance Company      100 North Parkway             Multi-line property and casualty
                                   Worcester MA 01605            insurance
          
Hanover Texas Insurance            801 East Campbell Road        Attorney-in-fact for Hanover Lloyd's
Management Company, Inc.           Richardson TX 75081           Insurance Company
          
Hanover Lloyd's Insurance          801 East Campbell Road        Multi-line property and casualty
Company                            Richardson TX 75081           insurance
          
Lloyds Credit Corporation          440 Lincoln Street            Premium financing service franchises
                                   Worcester MA 01653
   
    

Massachusetts Bay Insurance        100 North Parkway             Multi-line property and casualty 
Company                            Worcester MA 01605            insurance
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                           <C>
SMA Financial Corp.                440 Lincoln Street            Holding Company
                                   Worcester MA 01653
          
Somerset Square, Inc.              440 Lincoln Street            Real estate holding company
                                   Worcester MA 01653

Sterling Risk Management           440 Lincoln Street            Risk management services
Services, Inc.                     Worcester MA 01653
</TABLE>


ITEM 27.  NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS

   
     As of October 30, 1998, the Variable Account had 3,528 Qualified Contract
     Owners and 8,615 Non-Qualified Contract Owners funded by the Registrant
     under Registration Statement No. 33-85916.

     As of October 30, 1998 there were no Contract Form 3027-98 Owners since 
     sales had not yet begun.
    

ITEM 28.  INDEMNIFICATION

     Article VIII of the Bylaws of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
     Annuity Company (the Depositor) states: Each Director and each Officer of 
     the Corporation, whether or not in office, (and his executors and
     administrators), shall be indemnified or reimbursed by the Corporation
     against all expenses actually and necessarily incurred by him in the 
     defense or reasonable settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which
     he is made a party by reason of his being or having been a Director or
     Officer of the Corporation, including any sums paid in settlement or to
     discharge judgment, except in relation to matters as to which he shall be
     finally adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding to be liable for
     negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duties as such Director
     or Officer; and the foregoing right of indemnification or reimbursement
     shall not affect any other rights to which he may be entitled under the
     Articles of Incorporation, any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of
     stockholders, or otherwise.


ITEM 29.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

     (a)  Allmerica Investments, Inc. also acts as principal underwriter for the
          following: 
   
          -    VEL Account, VEL II Account, VEL Account III, Select 
               Account III, Inheiritage Account, Separate Accounts VA-A, 
               VA-B, VA-C, VA-G, VA-H, VA-K, Allmerica Select Separate 
               Account II, Group VEL Account, Separate Account KG, Separate 
               Account KGC, Fulcrum Separate Account, Fulcrum Variable 
               Life Separate Account, Allmerica Select Separate Account of
               Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
    
      
          -    Inheiritage Account, VEL II Account, Separate Account I, 
               Separate Account VA-K, Group VEL Account, Separate Account KG,
               Separate Account KGC, Fulcrum Separate Account and Allmerica 
               Select Separate Account of First Allmerica Financial Life 
               Insurance Company.

          -    Allmerica Investment Trust


     (b)  The Principal Business Address of each of the following Directors and
          Officers of Allmerica Investments, Inc. is:

          440 Lincoln Street
          Worcester, Massachusetts 01653


<PAGE>

        NAME                        POSITION OR OFFICE WITH UNDERWRITER
        ----                        -----------------------------------
     Abigail M. Armstrong          Secretary and Counsel

     Emil J. Aberizk, Jr.          Vice President
     
     Edward T. Berger              Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

     Richard F. Betzler, Jr.       Vice President
     
   
    
     
     Thomas P. Cunningham          Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
                                   Controller

     Philip L. Heffernan           Vice President

     John F. Kelly                 Director

     Daniel Mastrototaro           Vice President

     William F. Monroe, Jr.        Vice President

     David J. Mueller              Vice President

     John F. O'Brien               Director

     Stephen Parker                President, Director and Chief Executive
                                   Officer

     Edward J. Parry, III          Treasurer

     Richard M. Reilly             Director

     Eric A. Simonsen              Director

     Mark G. Steinberg             Senior Vice President


ITEM 30.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

     Each account, book or other document required to be maintained by Section
     31(a) of the 1940 Act and Rules 31a-1 to 31a-3 thereunder are maintained by
     the Company at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts.


ITEM 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

     The Company provides daily unit value calculations and related services for
     the Company's separate accounts.

<PAGE>

ITEM 32.  UNDERTAKINGS

     (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 15(d) of the Securities
          Exchange Act of 1934, the undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to
          file with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") such
          supplementary and periodic information, documents, and reports as may
          be prescribed by any rule or regulation of the SEC heretofore or
          hereafter duly adopted pursuant to authority conferred in that
          section.

     (b)  The Registrant hereby undertakes to include in the prospectus a
          postcard that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of
          Additional Information.

     (c)  The Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver a Statement of Additional
          Information promptly upon written or oral request, according to the
          requirements of Form N-4.

     (d)  Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the 1933 Act
          may be permitted to Directors, Officers and Controlling Persons of
          Registrant under any registration statement, underwriting agreement or
          otherwise, Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the
          SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
          1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim
          for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment
          by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Director, Officer or
          Controlling Person of Registrant in the successful defense of any
          action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Director, Officer or
          Controlling Person in connection with the securities being registered,
          Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
          been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
          appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by
          it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be
          governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     (e)  The Company hereby represents that the aggregate fees and charges
          under the Policies are reasonable in relation to the services
          rendered, expenses expected to be incurred, and risks assumed by the
          Company.


ITEM 33.  REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING WITHDRAWAL RESTRICTIONS ON SECTION 403(b)
          PLANS AND UNDER THE TEXAS OPTIONAL RETIREMENT PROGRAM

     Registrant, a separate account of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
     Annuity Company ("Company"), states that it is (a) relying on Rule 6c-7
     under the 1940 Act with respect to withdrawal restrictions under the Texas
     Optional Retirement Program ("Program") and (b) relying on the "no-action"
     letter (Ref. No. IP-6-88) issued on November 28, 1988 to the American
     Council of Life Insurance, in applying the withdrawal restrictions of
     Internal Revenue Code Section 403(b)(11). Registrant has taken the
     following steps in reliance on the letter:

     
     1.   Appropriate disclosures regarding the redemption/withdrawal
          restrictions imposed by the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) have
          been included in the prospectus of each registration statement used in
          connection with the offer of the Company's variable contracts.
     
     2.   Appropriate disclosures regarding the redemption/withdrawal
          restrictions imposed by the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) have
          been included in sales literature used in connection with the offer of
          the Company's variable contracts.

     3.   Sales Representatives who solicit participants to purchase the
          variable contracts have been instructed to specifically bring the
          redemption/withdrawal restrictions imposed by the Program and by
          Section 

<PAGE>

          403(b)(11) to the attention of potential participants.

     4.   A signed statement acknowledging the participant's understanding of
          (I) the restrictions on redemption/withdrawal imposed by the Program
          and by Section 403(b)(11) and (ii) the investment alternatives
          available under the employer's arrangement will be obtained from each
          participant who purchases a variable annuity contract prior to or at
          the time of purchase. 

     Registrant hereby represents that it will not act to deny or limit a
     transfer request except to the extent that a Service-Ruling or written
     opinion of counsel, specifically addressing the fact pattern involved and
     taking into account the terms of the applicable employer plan, determines
     that denial or limitation is necessary for the variable annuity contracts
     to meet the requirements of the Program or of Section 403(b).  Any transfer
     request not so denied or limited will be effected as expeditiously as
     possible.

<PAGE>

                                     SIGNATURES
   
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment 
Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Pre-Effective 
Amendment to its Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and 
amendment under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to be signed on its behalf 
by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of Worcester, and 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts on the 17th day of November, 1998.
    

                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P OF
              ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY 

                         By: /s/ Abigail M. Armstrong        
                            ------------------------------
                         Abigail M. Armstrong, Secretary

   
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this 
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the 
capacities and on the date indicated.
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
Signatures                    Title                                 Date
- ----------                    -----                                 ----
<S>                           <C>                                   <C>
  /s/ John F. O'Brien         Director and Chairman of               November 17, 1998
- -------------------------     the Board
John F. O'Brien

 /s/ Bruce C. Anderson        Director
- -------------------------
Bruce C. Anderson

 /s/ Warren E. Barnes         Vice President and
- -------------------------     Corporate Controller
Warren E. Barnes

 /s/ Robert E. Bruce          Director and Chief
- -------------------------     Information Officer
Robert E. Bruce

 /s/ John P. Kavanaugh        Director, Vice President and
- -------------------------     Chief Investment Officer 
John P. Kavanaugh


 /s/ John F. Kelly            Director, Vice President and
- -------------------------     General Counsel
John F. Kelly

 /s/ J. Barry May             Director  
- -------------------------
J. Barry May

 /s/ James R. McAuliffe       Director  
- -------------------------
James R. McAuliffe

 /s/ Edward J. Parry III      Director, Vice President,
- -------------------------     Chief Financial Officer (Controller)
Edward J. Parry III           and Treasurer
     
 /s/ Richard M. Reilly        Director, President and
- -------------------------     Chief Executive Officer
Richard M. Reilly

 /s/ Robert P. Restrepo, Jr.  Director 
- -------------------------
Robert P. Restrepo, Jr.

 /s/ Eric A. Simonsen         Director and Vice President
- -------------------------
 Eric A. Simonsen

 /s/ Phillip E. Soule         Director
- -------------------------
Phillip E. Soule
    
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT TABLE
   
Exhibit 3(c)   Revised Commission Schedule

Exhibit 4      Contract Form 3027-98
    

Exhibit 5      Application Form SML-1447P

Exhibit 9      Opinion of Counsel

Exhibit 10     Consent of Independent Accountants


<PAGE>

PIONEER C-VISION             FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
VARIABLE ANNUITY             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY CO.
                             PRINCIPAL OFFICE:  440 LINCOLN ST.; WORCESTER, 
                             MA 01653


                     BROKER COMMISSION SCHEDULE
                       (PERCENT OF PREMIUM)

                        INDIVIDUAL ANNUITIES

COMMISSION SCHEDULE KG - 1 (Rev. 1/99)  (Applicable to Individual Annuities
Issued on or after January 1, 1999)

FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS

Issued by Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company (First
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company in New York and Hawaii).

COMMISSION PERCENTAGE

1.   All contracts where the owner or annuitant is less than age 75 at date
     of contract issue.

     THE FOLLOWING CHOICES ARE AVAILABLE:
     (a)  1.00% of each premium paid, 1.00% annual trail commission
     (b)  .25% of each premium paid, 1.00% annual trail commission

2.   All contracts where the owner or annuitant is age 75 or beyond at date of
     contract issue and less than age 85.

     THE FOLLOWING CHOICES ARE AVAILABLE:
     (a)  .90% of each premium paid, .90% annual trail commission
     (b)  .2250% of each premium paid, .90% annual trail commission


3.   Contracts issued where the owner or annuitant is age 85 or beyond at date
     of issue.

     THE FOLLOWING CHOICES ARE AVAILABLE:
     (a)  .75% of each premium paid, .75% annual trail commission
     (b)  .1875% of each premium paid, .75% annual trail commission


RULES FOR TRAIL COMMISSION PAYMENTS

A Commission Option must be selected for each eligible contract on the back 
of the contract application unless the Broker has pre-selected a particular 
option for all contracts.  If no commission selection is made, the commission 
will be payable under the default commission pre-selected by the Broker.  If 
the Broker has not pre-selected a default option and no commission selection 
is made, the commission will be payable under option (a) above.

Trail commissions will be paid quarterly in January, April, July and October. 
The first trail commission for a contract will be paid on the first quarterly 
payment date following the first contract anniversary for option (a) and the 
fourth contract month following the date of issue for option (b) e.g., for 
option (a),  if a contract is issued on July 5, 1998, the first trail 
commission will be payable in October 1999.  Trail commissions will continue 
to be paid while the Sales Agreement remains in force and will be paid on a 
particular contract until the contract is surrendered or annuity benefits 
begin to be paid under an annuity option.  Quarterly trail commissions will 
be a percentage  of the unloanded account value of each eligible contract.  
For purposes of trail commission calculations, "unloaned account value" means 
the cash value of the contract on the last day of the calendar quarter 
immediately preceding the payment date less the principal of any contract 
loan and accrued interest thereon.  The quarterly trail commission percentage 
will be 25% of the applicable annual rate (e.g., .0625% if the annual rate is 
 .25%, .125% if the annual rate is .50%).

If a First Allmerica or Allmerica Financial Life annuity contract is 
exchanged for another First Allmerica or Allmerica Financial Life annuity 
contract, the commission rate, including any applicable trail commission 
rate, will be applicable to the exchanged contract.  No commissions other 
than continuing trail commissions are payable on the rollover amount 
allocated to the new contract.  Trails will be paid as described above based 
on the issue date of the new contract.

NOTE:  NO TRAIL COMMISSIONS WILL BE PAYABLE AFTER THE DATE THE SALES 
AGREEMENT IS TERMINATED FOR ANY REASON.

<PAGE>

                      PLEASE READ THIS CONTRACT CAREFULLY


ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS AND OTHER VALUES PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT, WHEN 
BASED ON THE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT, MAY INCREASE OR 
DECREASE  AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT.  PLEASE REFER TO 
THE VALUE OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT SECTION FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

VALUES REMOVED FROM A GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNT PRIOR TO THE END OF ITS 
GUARANTEE PERIOD MAY BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT THAT MAY 
INCREASE OR DECREASE THE VALUES.  A NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT WILL 
NEVER BE APPLIED TO THE DEATH BENEFIT.  A POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, 
IF APPLICABLE, WILL BE ADDED TO THE DEATH BENEFIT WHEN THE BENEFIT PAID IS 
THE CONTRACT'S ACCUMULATED VALUE.  PLEASE REFER TO THE MARKET VALUE 
ADJUSTMENT SECTION FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

                          RIGHT TO EXAMINE CONTRACT

The Owner may cancel this contract by returning it to the Company or one of 
its authorized representatives within ten days after receipt.  If returned, 
the Company will refund an amount equal to the sum of (1) gross payments, 
less any amounts allocated to the Variable Account, (2) the Accumulated Value 
of amounts allocated to the Variable Account on the date the returned 
contract is received at the Principal Office and (3) any fees or other 
charges imposed on the amounts allocated to the Variable Account.  If, 
however, the contract is issued as an Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA), 
the Company will refund the greater of the above or the gross payments.

ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
Home Office:            Dover, Delaware
Principal Office:       440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts  01653

This is a legal contract between Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and 
Annuity Company (the Company) and the Owner and is issued in consideration of 
the initial payment shown on the Specifications page.  Additional payments 
are permitted.   Payments may be allocated to Variable Sub-Accounts, the 
Fixed Account or Guarantee Period Accounts.  While this contract is in 
effect, the Company agrees to pay annuity benefits beginning on the Annuity 
Date or to pay a death benefit to the Beneficiary if an Owner dies prior to 
the Annuity Date.


  /s/  Richard M. Reilley                   /s/ Abigail M. Armstrong
       ---------------------                    ----------------------
       President                                Secretary


                FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY
                               NON-PARTICIPATING


                                           1
<PAGE>


                                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFICATIONS...........................................................  3

DEFINITIONS..............................................................  5

OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY.........................................  7

PAYMENTS.................................................................  8

VALUES...................................................................  8

TRANSFERS................................................................ 10

WITHDRAWAL AND SURRENDER................................................. 10

DEATH BENEFIT............................................................ 11

ANNUITY BENEFIT.......................................................... 12

ANNUITY OPTION TABLES.................................................... 15

GENERAL PROVISIONS....................................................... 18


                                        2
<PAGE>

                                 SPECIFICATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                      <C>

Contract Type:         [NQ]              Contract Number:    [zz00600000]
Issue Date:            [ ]               Annuity Date:         [xx/xx/xx]

Owner:                 [ ]               Owner Date of Birth:              [xx/xx/xx] 
Joint Owner:           [ ]               Joint Owner Date of Birth:        [xx/xx/xx] 

Annuitant:             [ ]               Annuitant Date of Birth:          [xx/xx/xx]
Joint Annuitant:       [ ]               Joint Annuitant Date of Birth     [xx/xx/xx]

Annuitant Sex:         [ ]               Primary Beneficiary:             [ ]
Joint Annuitant Sex:   [ ]               Contingent Beneficiary:          [ ]


Minimum Fixed Account Guaranteed Interest Rate:  [3%]     Minimum Additional Payment: [$100.00]

Minimum Guarantee Period Account Interest Rate:  [3%]     Minimum Guarantee Period    [$1,000.00]
                                                          Account Allocation Amount:

Minimum Withdrawal Amount:                  [$100.00]     Minimum Accumulated Value   [$1,000.00]
                                                          After Withdrawal:

Minimum Annuity Benefit Payment:             [$50.00]     Maximum Alternative         [xx/xx/xx]
                                                          Annuity Date:

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge:  [1.25%] on an annual basis of the daily value of the Sub-Account assets.

Administrative Charge:              [.15%] on an annual basis of the daily value of the Sub-Account assets.

Contract Fee:                       [$35, if the Accumulated Value is less than $75,000.00]

[Enhanced Death Benefit Rider       [.25%]
Annual Percentage Rate Charge:

[Enhanced Death Benefit Rider       [5%]
Effective Annual Yield

Principal Office:                   440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653 [1-800-688-9915]
</TABLE>


                                         3
<PAGE>

                                 SPECIFICATIONS (continued)

Owner: [ ]                                           Contract Number:

Joint Owner: [ ]                                     [zzz0000000]

Initial Net Payment:     [$25,000.00]

Initial Net Payment Allocation:

            Variable Sub-Accounts
            ----------------------

            [Emerging Markets
             International Growth 
             Capital Growth
             Growth Shares
             Europe
             Real Estate Growth
             Growth and Income
             Equity-Income
             Balanced
             Swiss Franc Bond
             America Incoome
             America Income
             Money Market]

[You may invest in up to 17 Variable Sub-Accounts over the life of your 
contract.]

            Fixed Account
            --------------

            Initial Interest Rate:

            Guarantee Period Accounts
            --------------------------
            Guaranteed
            Guarantee                  Interest        Expiration
            Period                     Rate            Date
            -------------              ----------      -----------


            [2 years
             3 years
             4 years
             5 years
             6 years
             7 years
             8 years
             9 years
             10 years]

____
100%                              TOTAL


                                       4

<PAGE>

                              DEFINITIONS

ACCUMULATED VALUE            The aggregate value of all accounts in this 
                             contract before the Annuity Date.  As long as 
                             the Accumulated Value is greater than zero, the 
                             contract will stay in effect.

ACCUMULATION UNIT            A measure used to calculate the value of a 
                             Sub-Account before annuity benefit payments 
                             begin.

ANNUITANT                    At issue, the person whose age is used to 
                             determine the Annuity Date.  On and after the 
                             Annuity Date, the person upon whose 
                             continuation of life annuity benefit payments 
                             involving life contingency depend.  Joint 
                             Annuitants are permitted and unless otherwise 
                             indicated, any reference to Annuitant shall 
                             include joint Annuitants.

ANNUITY DATE                 The date annuity benefit payments begin.  The 
                             Annuity Date is based upon the age of the 
                             Owner.  The Annuity Date is shown on the 
                             Specifications page.

ANNUITY UNIT                 A measure used to calculate annuity benefit 
                             payments under a variable annuity option.

BENEFICIARY                  The person, persons or entity entitled to the 
                             annuity benefit prior to the Annuity Date or 
                             any annuity benefit payments upon the death of 
                             an Owner who is not also an Annuitanton or 
                             after the Annuity Date.

COMPANY                      Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity 
                             Company.

CONTRACT YEAR                A one-year period based on the date of issue or 
                             an anniversary thereof.

FIXED ACCOUNT                The part of the Company's General Account to 
                             which all or a portion of a payment or transfer 
                             may be allocated.

FUND                         Each separate investment company, investment 
                             series or portfolio eligible for investment by 
                             a Sub-Account of the Variable Account.
                             
GENERAL ACCOUNT              All assets of the Company that are not 
                             allocated to a Separate Account.

GUARANTEE PERIOD             The number of years that a Guaranteed Interest 
                             Rate may be credited to a Guarantee Period 
                             Account.  The Guarantee Period may range from 
                             two to ten years.

GUARANTEE PERIOD             An account which corresponds to a Guaranteed 
ACCOUNT                      Interest Rate for a specified  Guarantee Period 
                             and is supported by assets in a Separate Account.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE     The annual effective rate of interest after 
                             daily compounding credited to a Guarantee 
                             Period Account.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT      A positive or negative adjustment to earnings 
                             in a Guarantee Period Account assessed if any 
                             portion of a Guarantee Period Account is 
                             withdrawn or transferred prior to the end of 
                             its Guarantee Period.

OWNER                        The person, persons or entity entitled to 
                             exercise the rights and privileges under this 
                             contract.  Joint Owners are permitted if one of 
                             the two is an Annuitant and unless otherwise 
                             indicated, any reference to Owner shall include 
                             joint Owners.


                                5

<PAGE>

PRINCIPAL OFFICE             The Company's office at 440 Lincoln Street, 
                             Worcester, Massachusetts, 01653.

PRO RATA                     How a payment or withdrawal may be allocated 
                             among the accounts. A Pro Rata allocation or 
                             withdrawal will be made in the same proportion 
                             that the value of each account bears to the 
                             Accumulated Value.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT             A segregated account established by the 
                             Company.  The assets in a Separate Account are 
                             not commingled with the Company's general 
                             assets and obligations.  The assets of a 
                             Separate Account are not subject to claims 
                             arising out of any other business the Company 
                             may conduct.

SUB-ACCOUNT                  A Variable Account subdivision that invests 
                             exclusively in shares of a corresponding Fund.

SURRENDER VALUE              The amount payable to the Owner on full 
                             surrender after application of any Market Value 
                             Adjustment and contract fee.

TELEPHONE REQUEST            A request by telephone to the Principal Office. 
                             A signed authorization must be on file  for 
                             such requests to be honored.
                             
VALUATION DATE               A day the values of all units are determined.  
                             Valuation Dates occur on each day the New York 
                             Stock Exchange is open for trading, or such 
                             other dates when there is sufficient trading in 
                             a Fund's portfolio securities so that the 
                             current unit value may be materially affected.

VALUATION PERIOD             The interval between two consecutive Valuation 
                             Dates.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT             The Company's Separate Account, consisting of 
                             Sub-Accounts that invest in the underlying 
                             Funds.

WRITTEN REQUEST              A request or notice in writing satisfactory to 
                             the Company and filed at the or Written Notice 
                             Principal Office.

                               6

<PAGE>

                      OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY

OWNER                        When the contract is issued, the Owner will be 
                             as shown on the Specifications page. The Owner 
                             may be changed in accordance with the terms of 
                             this contract.  Upon the death of an Owner 
                             prior to the Annuity Date, a death benefit is 
                             paid. The Annuity Date is based upon the age of 
                             the Owner.

                             The Owner may exercise all rights and options 
                             granted in this contract or by the Company, 
                             subject to the consent of any irrevocable 
                             Beneficiary.  Where the contract is owned 
                             jointly, the consent of both is required in 
                             order to exercise any ownership rights.
                             
ASSIGNMENT                   Prior to the Annuity Date and prior to the 
                             death of an Owner, the Owner may be changed at 
                             any time.  Only the Owner may assign this 
                             contract.  An absolute assignment will transfer 
                             ownership to the assignee.  This contract may 
                             also be collaterally assigned as security.  The 
                             limitations on ownership rights while the 
                             collateral assignment is in effect are stated 
                             in the assignment.  Additional limitations may 
                             exist for contracts issued under provisions of 
                             the Internal Revenue Code.
                             
                             An assignment will take place only when the 
                             Company has received Written Notice and 
                             recorded the change at the Principal Office.  
                             The Company will not be deemed to know of the 
                             assignment until it has received Written 
                             Notice.  When recorded, the assignment will 
                             take effect as of the date it was signed.  The 
                             assignment will be subject to payments made or 
                             actions taken by the Company before the change 
                             was recorded.
                             
                             The Company will not be responsible for the 
                             validity of any assignment nor the extent of 
                             any assignee's interest.  The interests of the 
                             Annuitant and the Beneficiary will be subject 
                             to any assignment.
                             
ANNUITANT                    The Annuitant will be as shown on the 
                             Specifications page unless changed in 
                             accordance with the terms of this contract.  
                             Prior to the Annuity Date, an Annuitant may be 
                             replaced or added unless the Owner is a 
                             non-natural person.  At all times there must be 
                             at least one Annuitant.  If an Annuitant dies 
                             and a replacement is not named, the Owner will 
                             be considered to be the new Annuitant.
                             
                             A change of Annuitant will take place only when 
                             the Company has received Written Notice and 
                             recorded the change at the Principal Office.  
                             The Company will not be deemed to know of the 
                             change of Annuitant until it has received 
                             Written Notice.  When recorded, the change of 
                             Annuitant will take effect as of the date it 
                             was signed.  The change of Annuitant will be 
                             subject to payments made or actions taken by 
                             the Company before the change was recorded.
                             
BENEFICIARY                  The Beneficiary is as named on the 
                             Specifications page unless subsequently 
                             changed.  The Owner may declare any Beneficiary 
                             to be revocable or irrevocable.  A revocable 
                             Beneficiary may be changed at any time prior to 
                             the Annuity Date and before the death of an 
                             Owner or after the Annuity Date and before the 
                             death of an Annuitant.  An irrevocable 
                             Beneficiary must consent in writing to any 
                             change.  Unless otherwise indicated, the 
                             Beneficiary will be revocable.
                             
                             A Beneficiary change must be made in writing on 
                             a Beneficiary designation form and will be 
                             subject to the rights of any assignee of 
                             record.  When the Company receives the form, 
                             the change will take place as of the date it 
                             was signed, even if the Owner or Annuitant dies 
                             after the form is signed but prior to the 
                             Company's receipt of the form.   Any rights 
                             created by the change will be subject to 
                             payments made or actions taken by the Company 
                             before the change was recorded.
                             
                             All death benefits provided by this contract 
                             will be divided equally among the surviving 
                             Beneficiaries of the same class, unless the 
                             Owner directs otherwise.  If there is no 
                             surviving Beneficiary, the deceased 
                             Beneficiary's interest will pass to the Owner 
                             or the Owner's estate.


                               7

<PAGE>

PROTECTION OF PROCEEDS       To the extent allowed by law, this contract and 
                             any payments made under it will be exempt from 
                             the claims of creditors.  Neither the Annuitant 
                             nor the Beneficiary can assign, transfer, 
                             commute, anticipate or encumber the proceeds or 
                             payments unless given that right by the Owner.
                             
                             PAYMENTS

INITIAL PAYMENT              The Initial Payment is shown on the 
                             Specifications page.

ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS          Prior to the Annuity Date and while the 
                             contract is in force, the Owner may make 
                             additional payments of at least the Minimum 
                             Additional Payment (see Specifications page).  
                             Total payments made may not exceed $5,000,000 
                             without the Company's consent.

NET PAYMENTS                 Each Net Payment is equal to the gross payment 
                             less the amount of any applicable premium tax.  
                             The Company reserves the right to deduct the 
                             amount of the premium tax from the Accumulated 
                             Value at a later date rather than when the 
                             premium tax liability tax is first incurred by 
                             the Company.  In no event will an amount be 
                             deducted for premium taxes before the Company 
                             has incurred a tax liability under applicable 
                             state law.

NET PAYMENT ALLOCATIONS      The initial Net Payment is allocated as shown 
                             on the Specifications page.   Additional Net 
                             Payments will be allocated in the same 
                             proportion as the initial Net Payment, unless 
                             changed by the Owner's Written or Telephone 
                             Request, providing that the telephone 
                             authorization is on file at the Company.
                             
                             The minimum amount that may be allocated to a 
                             Guarantee Period Account is shown on the 
                             Specifications page.  If the Owner requests an 
                             allocation less than the minimum amount, the 
                             Company reserves the right to apply that amount 
                             to the Money Market Sub-Account.

                             VALUES

VALUE OF THE VARIABLE        The value of a Sub-Account on a Valuation Date 
ACCOUNT                      is determined by multiplying the Accumulation 
                             Units in that Sub-Account by the Accumulation 
                             Unit Value as of the Valuation Date.
                             
                             Accumulation Units are credited when an amount 
                             is allocated to a Sub-Account.  The number of 
                             Accumulation Units credited equals that amount 
                             divided by the applicable Accumulation Unit 
                             Value as of the Valuation Date.
                             
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES     The value of a Sub-Account Accumulation Unit as 
                             of any Valuation Date is determined by 
                             multiplying the value of an Accumulation Unit 
                             for the preceding Valuation Date by the net 
                             investment factor for that Valuation Period.
                             
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR        The net investment factor measures the 
                             investment performance of a Sub-Account from 
                             one Valuation Period to the next.  This factor 
                             is equal to 1.000000 plus the result from 
                             dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c) and (d) 
                             where:

                               (a) is the investment income of a Sub-Account 
                                   for the Valuation Period, including 
                                   realized or unrealized capital gains and 
                                   losses during  the Valuation Period, 
                                   adjusted for provisions made for taxes, if
                                   any;

                                8

<PAGE>

                               (b) is the value of that Sub-Account's assets 
                                   at the beginning of the Valuation Period;

                               (c) is the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge 
                                   (see Specifications page); and

                               (d) is the Administrative Charge (see 
                                   Specifications page).

                             The Company assumes the risk that its actual 
                             mortality experience and expenses may exceed 
                             the amounts provided under the contract.  The 
                             Company guarantees that the charge for 
                             mortality and expense risks and the 
                             administrative charge will not be increased.  
                             Subject to applicable state and federal laws, 
                             these charges may be decreased or the method 
                             used to determine the net investment factor may 
                             be changed.

VALUE OF THE FIXED ACCOUNT   Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account are 
                             credited interest at rates periodically set by 
                             the Company.  The Company guarantees that the 
                             rate of interest in effect when an amount is 
                             allocated to the Fixed Account will remain in 
                             effect for that amount for one year.  
                             Thereafter, the rate of interest for that 
                             amount will be the Company's current interest 
                             rate, but no less than the Minimum Fixed 
                             Account Guaranteed Interest Rate (see 
                             Specifications page).
                             
                             The value of the Fixed Account on any date is 
                             the sum of amounts allocated to the Fixed 
                             Account plus interest compounded and credited 
                             daily at the rates applicable to those amounts. 
                             The value of the Fixed Account will be at 
                             least equal to the minimum required by law in 
                             the state in which this contract is delivered.
                             
VALUE OF THE GUARANTEE       A Guarantee Period Account will be established 
PERIOD ACCOUNTS              on the date a Net Payment or transfer is 
                             allocated to a specific Guarantee Period.  
                             Amounts allocated to the same Guarantee Period 
                             on the same day will be treated as one 
                             Guarantee Period Account.  The interest rate in 
                             effect when an amount is allocated to a 
                             Guarantee Period is guaranteed for the duration 
                             of the Guarantee Period.  Additional amounts 
                             allocated to Guarantee Periods of the same or 
                             different durations will result in additional 
                             Guarantee Period Accounts, each with its own 
                             Guaranteed Interest Rate and expiration date.
                             
                             The value of a Guarantee Period Account on any 
                             date is the sum of the amounts allocated to 
                             that Guarantee Period Account plus interest 
                             compounded and credited daily at the rate 
                             applicable to that amount.
                             
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES    The Company will periodically set Guaranteed 
                             Interest Rates for each available Guarantee 
                             Period.  These rates will be guaranteed for the 
                             duration of the respective Guarantee Periods.  
                             A Guaranteed Interest Rate will never be less 
                             than the Minimum Guarantee Period Account 
                             Interest Rate (see Specifications page.)
                             
RENEWAL GUARANTEE PERIODS    At least 45 days (but not more than 75 days) 
                             prior to the end of a Guarantee Period, the 
                             Company will notify the Owner in writing of the 
                             expiration of that Guarantee Period.  The Owner 
                             may transfer amounts to the Sub-Accounts, the 
                             Fixed Account or establish a new Guarantee 
                             Period Account of any duration then offered by 
                             the Company as of the day following the 
                             expiration of the Guarantee Period.  The 
                             transfer will not be subject to a Market Value 
                             Adjustment; see "Market Value Adjustment," page 
                             11.  Guaranteed Interest Rates corresponding to 
                             the available Guarantee Periods may be higher 
                             or lower than the previous Guaranteed Interest 
                             Rate.  If reallocation instructions are not 
                             received at the Principal Office before the end 
                             of a Guarantee Period, the Guarantee Period 
                             Account value will be automatically applied to 
                             a new Guarantee Period Account with the same 
                             Guarantee Period unless:

                                     9

<PAGE>


                               (a) less than the Minimum Guarantee Period 
                                   Account Allocation (see Specifications 
                                   page) remains in the Guarantee Period 
                                   Account on its expiration date;  or
                             
                               (b) the Guarantee Period would extend beyond 
                                   the Annuity Date or is no longer available.

                             In such cases, the Guarantee Period Account 
                             value will be transferred to the Money Market 
                             Sub-Account.

CONTRACT FEE                 The Company will deduct a contract fee (see 
                             Specifications page) Pro Rata on each contract 
                             anniversary prior to the Annuity Date and when 
                             the contract is surrendered.

                             TRANSFERS
                             
                             Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may 
                             transfer amounts among accounts by Written or 
                             Telephone Request (providing that the telephone 
                             authorization is on file at the Company) to the 
                             Principal Office.  Transfers to a Guarantee 
                             Period Account must be at least equal to the 
                             Minimum Guarantee Period Account Allocation 
                             Amount (see Specifications page).  If the Owner 
                             requests the transfer of a smaller amount to 
                             the Guarantee Period Account, the Company may 
                             transfer that amount to the Money Market 
                             Sub-Account.
                             
                             Any transfer from a Guarantee Period Account 
                             prior to the end of its Guarantee Period will 
                             be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.  In 
                             the case of a partial transfer from a Guarantee 
                             Period Account, the Market Value Adjustment 
                             will be applied to the value remaining in the 
                             account.
                             
                             There is no charge for the first twelve 
                             transfers per contract year.  A transfer charge 
                             of up to $25 may be imposed on each additional 
                             transfer.
                             
                             The Company reserves the right to establish and 
                             impose reasonable rules restricting transfers.  
                             All transfers are subject to the Company's 
                             consent.
                             
                             WITHDRAWAL AND SURRENDER
                             
                             Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may, by 
                             Written Request, withdraw a part of the 
                             Accumulated Value or surrender the contract for 
                             its Surrender Value.
                             
                             Any withdrawal must be at least the Minimum 
                             Withdrawal Amount (see Specifications page).  A 
                             withdrawal will not be permitted if the 
                             Accumulated Value remaining in the contract 
                             would be less than the Minimum Accumulated 
                             Value After Withdrawal (see Specifications 
                             page).  The Written Request must indicate the 
                             dollar amount to be paid and the accounts from 
                             which it is to be withdrawn.  A withdrawal from 
                             a Guarantee Period Account will be subject to a 
                             Market Value Adjustment.  The Market Value 
                             Adjustment will be applied to the value 
                             remaining in the Guarantee Period Account.
                             
                             When surrendered, this contract terminates and 
                             the Company has no further liability under it.  
                             The Surrender Value will be based on the 
                             Accumulated Value on the Valuation Date.
                             

                               10

<PAGE>
                             
                             Amounts taken from the Variable Account will be 
                             paid within 7 days of the date a Written 
                             Request is received.  The Company reserves the 
                             right to delay payments subject to the 
                             requirements of applicable laws, rules and 
                             regulations governing variable annuities.
                             
                             Amounts taken from the Fixed Account or the 
                             Guarantee Period Accounts will normally be paid 
                             within 7 days of receipt of a Written Request.  
                             The Company may defer payment for up to six 
                             months from the receipt date.  If deferred for 
                             30 days or more, the amount payable will be 
                             credited interest at a rate of at least 3% or 
                             the appropriate rate mandated by the State.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT      A transfer, withdrawal or surrender from a 
                             Guarantee Period Account after the expiration 
                             of its Guarantee Period will not be subject to 
                             a Market Value Adjustment.  A Market Value 
                             Adjustment will apply to all other transfers or 
                             withdrawals, or to a surrender.  Amounts 
                             applied under an annuity option are treated as 
                             withdrawals when calculating the Market Value 
                             Adjustment.  The Market Value Adjustment will 
                             be determined by multiplying the amount taken 
                             from each Guarantee Period Account by the 
                             market value factor.  The market value factor 
                             for each Guarantee Period Account is equal to:

                                              (1+i)/(1+j)n/365 -1

                             where:

                                i - is the Guaranteed Interest Rate 
                                expressed as a decimal (for example: 3% = 
                                0.03) being credited to the current 
                                Guarantee Period;
                             
                                j - is the new Guaranteed Interest Rate, 
                                expressed as a decimal, for a Guarantee 
                                Period with a duration equal to the number 
                                of years remaining in the current 
                                Guarantee Period, rounded to the next 
                                higher number of whole years. If that rate 
                                is not available, the Company will use a 
                                suitable rate or index allowed by the 
                                Department of Insurance; and
                             
                                n - is the number of days remaining from 
                                the Effective Valuation Date to the end of 
                                the current Guarantee Period.

                             If the Guaranteed Interest Rate being credited 
                             is lower than the new Guaranteed Interest Rate, 
                             the Market Value Adjustment will decrease the 
                             Guarantee Period Account value.  Similarly, if 
                             the Guaranteed Interest Rate being credited is 
                             higher than the new Guaranteed Interest Rate, 
                             the Market Value Adjustment will increase the 
                             Guarantee Period Account value.  The Market 
                             Value Adjustment will never result in a change 
                             to the value more than the interest earned in 
                             excess of the Minimum Guarantee Period Account 
                             Interest Rate (see Specifications page) 
                             compounded annually from the beginning of the 
                             current Guarantee Period.
                             
                             DEATH BENEFIT
                             
                             At the death of an Owner prior to the Annuity 
                             Date, the Company will pay to the Beneficiary a 
                             death benefit determined as of the Valuation 
                             Date upon receipt at the Principal Office of 
                             proof of death.  If the Owner is a non-natural 
                             person, then a death benefit is paid on the 
                             death of an Annuitant prior to the Annuity Date.

                                 11

<PAGE>

OWNER'S DEATH BENEFIT        If an Owner dies before the Annuity Date, the 
                             death benefit will be the greater of:

                              (a) the Accumulated Value increased by any 
                                  positive Market Value Adjustment; or
                             
                              (b) the sum of the gross payments made under 
                                  this contract reduced proportionately  to 
                                  reflect all partial withdrawals.  For each 
                                  withdrawal, the proportionate reduction is 
                                  calculated as the death benefit under this 
                                  option immediately prior to the withdrawal 
                                  multiplied by the withdrawal amount and 
                                  divided by the Accumulated Value 
                                  immediately prior to the withdrawal.
                             
PAYMENT OF THE DEATH         The death benefit will be paid to the 
BENEFIT                      Beneficiary within 7 days of the Effective 
                             Valuation Date unless the Owner has specified a 
                             death benefit annuity option. Instead, the 
                             Beneficiary may, by Written Request, elect to:

                              (a) defer distribution of the death benefit 
                                  for a period no more than 5 years from the 
                                  date of death; or

                             (b) receive a life annuity or an annuity for a 
                                 period certain not extending beyond the 
                                 Beneficiary's life expectancy.  Annuity 
                                 benefit payments must begin within one 
                                 year from the date of death.

                             If distribution of the death benefit is 
                             deferred under (a) or (b), any value in 
                             Guarantee Period Accounts will be transferred 
                             to the Money Market Sub-Account.  The excess, 
                             if any, of the death benefit over the 
                             Accumulated Value will also be transferred to 
                             the Money Market Sub-Account.  The Beneficiary 
                             may, by Written Request, effect transfers and 
                             withdrawals, but may not make additional 
                             payments.  If there are multiple Beneficiaries, 
                             the consent of all is required.
                             
                             If the sole Beneficiary is the deceased Owner's 
                             spouse, the Beneficiary may, by Written 
                             Request, continue the contract and become the 
                             new Owner and Annuitant subject to the 
                             following:
                             
                              (a) any value in the Guarantee Period Accounts
                                  will be transferred to the Money Market 
                                  Sub-Account;
 
                              (b) the excess, if any, of the death benefit 
                                  over the contract's Accumulated Value will 
                                  also be added to the Money Market 
                                  Sub-Account;
                             
                              (c) additional payments may be made; and
                             
                              (d) any subsequent spouse of the new Owner, if 
                                  named as the Beneficiary, may not continue 
                                  the contract.

                             ANNUITY BENEFIT

ANNUITY OPTIONS              Annuity options are available on a fixed, 
                             variable or combination fixed and variable 
                             basis.  The annuity options described below or 
                             any alternative option offered by the Company 
                             may be chosen. If no option is chosen, monthly 
                             benefit payments under a variable life annuity 
                             with payments guaranteed for 10 years will be 
                             made.
                             
                             The Owner may also elect to have the death 
                             benefit applied under a life annuity or a 
                             period certain annuity not extending beyond the 
                             Beneficiary's life expectancy.  Such an 
                             election may not be altered by the Beneficiary.

                                  12

<PAGE>

                             Fixed annuity options are funded through the 
                             Fixed Account.  Variable annuity options may be 
                             funded through one or more of the Sub-Accounts. 
                             Not all Sub-Accounts may be made available.
                             
ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS     Annuity benefit payments may be received on a 
                             monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. 
                             If the first payment would be less than the 
                             Minimum Annuity Benefit Payment (see 
                             Specifications page), a single payment will be 
                             made instead.  Satisfactory proof of the date 
                             of birth of the Annuitant or Beneficiary, 
                             whichever it applicable, must be received at 
                             the Principal Office before life annuity 
                             benefit payments begin. Where a life annuity 
                             option has been elected, the Company may 
                             require satisfactory proof that the Annuitant 
                             or Beneficiary, whichever is applicable,  is 
                             alive before any payment is made.

PAYMENT OF ANNUITY           If an Owner, who is not also an Annuitant, dies 
BENEFIT PAYMENTS UPON        on or after the Annuity Date, any remaining 
OWNER DEATH                  annuity benefit payments continue in accordance 
                             with the terms of the annuity option selected.  
                             Upon the death of the Owner, the Beneficiary 
                             becomes the Owner of the contract.
                             
ANNUITY VALUE                The amount of the first annuity benefit payment 
                             under all available options except period 
                             certain options will depend on the age of the 
                             Annuitant and/or Beneficiary on the Annuity 
                             Date and the annuity value applied.  Period 
                             certain options are based on the duration of 
                             payments and the annuity value.

                             For life annuity options and non-commutable 
                             period certain options with a duration of 10 
                             years or more, the annuity value will be the 
                             Accumulated Value, including any applicable 
                             Market Value Adjustment less any applicable 
                             premium tax.  For commutable period certain 
                             options or any period certain option less than 
                             10 years, the annuity value will be the 
                             Surrender Value less any applicable premium 
                             tax.  For a death benefit annuity, the annuity 
                             value will be the amount of the death benefit.  
                             The annuity value applied under a variable 
                             annuity option is based on the Accumulation 
                             Unit Value on a Valuation Date not more than 
                             four weeks, uniformly applied, before the 
                             Annuity Date.

ANNUITY UNIT VALUES          A Sub-Account Annuity Unit value on any 
                             Valuation Date is equal to its value on the 
                             preceding Valuation Date multiplied by the 
                             product of:

                              (a) a discount factor equivalent to the 
                                  assumed interest rate; and
                             
                              (b) the net investment factor of the 
                                  Sub-Account funding the annuity benefit 
                                  payments for the applicable Valuation 
                                  Period.

                             The value of an Annuity Unit as of any date 
                             other than a Valuation Date is equal to its 
                             value as of the preceding Valuation Date.
                             
                             Each variable annuity benefit payment is equal 
                             to the number of Annuity Units multiplied by 
                             the applicable value of an Annuity Unit, except 
                             that under a Joint and Two-Thirds Option, 
                             payments after the first death are based on 
                             two-thirds the number of Annuity Units that 
                             applied when both individuals on whose lives 
                             the payments were based were living.  Variable 
                             annuity benefit payments will increase or 
                             decrease with the value of annuity units.  The 
                             Company guarantees that the amount of each 
                             variable annuity benefit payment will not be 
                             affected by changes in mortality and expense 
                             experience.

NUMBER OF ANNUITY UNITS      The number of Annuity Units determining the 
                             benefit payable is equal to the amount of the 
                             first annuity benefit payment divided by the 
                             value of the Annuity Unit as of the Valuation 
                             Date used to calculate the amount of the first 
                             payment.  Once annuity benefit payments begin, 
                             the number of Annuity Units will not change 
                             unless a split is made.


                               13

<PAGE>

ANNUITY BENEFIT              VARIABLE OR FIXED LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS 
PAYMENT OPTIONS              GUARANTEED FOR 10 YEARS:  Periodic annuity 
                             benefit payments during the Annuitant's life.  
                             If the Annuitant dies before all guaranteed 
                             payments have been made, the remaining 
                             guaranteed payments will continue to the Owner.
                             
                             VARIABLE OR FIXED LIFE ANNUITY:  Periodic 
                             annuity benefit payments during the Annuitant's 
                             life.
                             
                             UNIT REFUND VARIABLE OR FIXED LIFE ANNUITY:  
                             Periodic annuity benefit payments during the 
                             Annuitant's life.  If the Annuitant dies and 
                             the annuity value initially applied to purchase 
                             the option, divided by the first payment, 
                             exceeds the number of payments made before the 
                             Annuitant's death, payments will continue to 
                             the Owner until the number of payments equals 
                             the Annuity Value divided by the first payment.
                             
                             JOINT AND SURVIVOR VARIABLE OR FIXED LIFE 
                             ANNUITY: Periodic annuity benefit payments 
                             during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and 
                             another individual (i.e. the Beneficiary or a 
                             Joint Annuitant) with payments continuing 
                             during the lifetime of the survivor.
                             
                             JOINT AND TWO-THIRDS SURVIVOR VARIABLE OR FIXED 
                             LIFE ANNUITY:   Periodic annuity benefit 
                             payments during the joint lifetime of the 
                             Annuitant and one other individual (i.e. the 
                             Beneficiary or a joint Annuitant) with payments 
                             continuing during the lifetime of the survivor 
                             at two-thirds the amount payable when both 
                             individuals were living.
                             
                             VARIABLE OR FIXED ANNUITY FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN: 
                             Periodic annuity benefit payments for a chosen 
                             number of years.  The number of years selected 
                             may be from 1 to 30.  If the payee dies before 
                             the end of the period, remaining payments will 
                             continue to the Owner.
                              
ANNUITY TABLES               The first annuity benefit payment will be based 
                             on the greater of the guaranteed annuity rates 
                             shown in the following tables or the Company's 
                             non-guaranteed current annuity option rates 
                             applicable to this class of contracts.  Second 
                             and subsequent annuity benefit payments, when 
                             based on the investment experience of the 
                             Variable Account, may increase or decrease.


                                      14

<PAGE>


                      ANNUITY OPTION TABLES

              FIRST MONTHLY ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT
             FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE APPLIED


   Age        Life Annuity with     
 Nearest     Payments Guaranteed      Life      Unit Refund
Birthday       for 10 Years         Annuity     Life Annuity

50                 4.20              4.22          4.12 

51                 4.26              4.28          4.17 
52                 4.32              4.35          4.23 
53                 4.38              4.42          4.29 
54                 4.45              4.49          4.35 
55                 4.53              4.57          4.41 

56                 4.60              4.65          4.48 
57                 4.68              4.73          4.55 
58                 4.77              4.83          4.63 
59                 4.86              4.92          4.71 
60                 4.95              5.03          4.79 

61                 5.05              5.14          4.88 
62                 5.16              5.26          4.97 
63                 5.27              5.38          5.07 
64                 5.39              5.52          5.17 
65                 5.51              5.66          5.28 

66                 5.64              5.82          5.39 
67                 5.78              5.98          5.51 
68                 5.92              6.16          5.64 
69                 6.07              6.35          5.78 
70                 6.23              6.56          5.92 

71                 6.39              6.77          6.07 
72                 6.56              7.01          6.23 
73                 6.73              7.26          6.40 
74                 6.91              7.54          6.57 
75                 7.09              7.83          6.76 


 These tables are based on an annual interest rate of 3 1/2%
          and the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table.


                             15

<PAGE>

            ANNUITY OPTION TABLES (Continued)

          FIRST MONTHLY ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT
        FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE APPLIED


           Joint and Survivor Life Annuity
                   Older Age


           50     55      60       65      70     75     80

Y  50     3.82   3.90    3.96     4.01   4.05   4.08    4.09 
O 
U  55            4.06    4.16     4.25   4.32   4.36    4.39 
N 
G  60                    4.38     4.52   4.64   4.72    4.78 
E 
R  65                             4.82   5.01   5.17    5.28 

   70                                    5.42   5.69    5.91 
A
G  75                                           6.28    6.67 
E
   80                                                   7.52 


        Joint and Two-Thirds Survivor Life  Annuity
                       Older Age

         50     55      60      65     70    75      80

Y  50   4.09   4.23    4.38    4.55   4.74   4.93    5.13 
O
U  55          4.40    4.58    4.78   5.00   5.22    5.45 
N
G  60                  4.81    5.05   5.31   5.58    5.86 
E
R  65                          5.37   5.70   6.04    6.38 

A  70                                 6.16   6.59    7.04 
G
E  75                                        7.27    7.87 

   80                                                8.86 


 These tables are based on an annual interest rate of 3 1/2%
          and the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table.


                             16

<PAGE>


             FIRST MONTHLY ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT
            FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE APPLIED

                 Variable or Fixed                         Variable or Fixed
Number of          Annuity for a          Number of           Annuity for a
 Years            Period Certain            Years             Period Certain

  1                   84.65                  16                  6.76 
  2                   43.05                  17                  6.47 
  3                   29.19                  18                  6.20 
  4                   22.27                  19                  5.97 
  5                   18.12                  20                  5.75 

  6                   15.35                  21                  5.56 
  7                   13.38                  22                  5.39 
  8                   11.90                  23                  5.24 
  9                   10.75                  24                  5.09 
  10                   9.83                  25                  4.96 

  11                   9.09                  26                  4.84 
  12                   8.46                  27                  4.73 
  13                   7.94                  28                  4.63 
  14                   7.49                  29                  4.53 
  15                   7.10                  30                  4.45 

     These tables are based on an annual interest rate of 3 1/2%.

                                17

<PAGE>

                             GENERAL PROVISIONS

ENTIRE CONTRACT              The entire contract consists of this contract, 
                             any application attached at issue and any 
                             endorsements.

MISSTATEMENT OF AGE          If the age of an individual is misstated, the 
                             Company will adjust all benefits payable to 
                             that which would be available at the correct 
                             age.  Any under payments already made by the 
                             Company will be paid immediately.  Any 
                             overpayments will be deducted from future 
                             annuity benefits.

MODIFICATIONS                Only the President, a Vice President or 
                             Secretary of the Company may modify or waive 
                             any provisions of this contract.  Agents or 
                             Brokers are not authorized to do so.

INCONTESTABILITY             The Company cannot contest this contract after 
                             it has been in force for more than two years 
                             from the date of issue.

CHANGE OF ANNUITY DATE       The Owner may change the Annuity Date by 
                             Written Request at any time after the contract 
                             has been issued.  The request must be received 
                             at the Principal Office at least one month 
                             before the new Annuity Date.  The new Annuity 
                             Date must be the first of any month prior to 
                             the Maximum Alternative Annuity Date shown on 
                             the Specifications page.

MINIMUMS                     All values, benefits or settlement options 
                             available under this contract equal or exceed 
                             those required by the state in which the 
                             contract is delivered.
                             
ANNUAL REPORT                The Company will furnish an annual report to 
                             the Owner containing a statement of the number 
                             and value of Accumulation Units credited to the 
                             Sub-Accounts, the value of the Fixed Account 
                             and the Guarantee Period Accounts and any other 
                             information required by applicable law, rules 
                             and regulations.

ADDITION, DELETION, OR       The Company reserves the right, subject to 
SUBSTITUTION OF              compliance with applicable law, to add to, 
INVESTMENTS                  delete from, or substitute for the shares of a 
                             Fund that are held by the Sub-Accounts or that 
                             the Sub-Accounts may purchase.  The Company 
                             also reserves the right to eliminate the shares 
                             of any Fund no longer available for investment 
                             or if the Company believes further investment 
                             in the Fund is no longer appropriate for the 
                             purposes of the Sub-Accounts.
                             
                             The Company will not substitute shares 
                             attributable to any interest in a Sub-Account 
                             without notice to the Owner and prior approval 
                             of the Securities and Exchange Commission as 
                             required by the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
                             This will not prevent the Variable Account 
                             from purchasing other securities for other 
                             series or classes of contracts, or from 
                             permitting a conversion between series or 
                             classes of contracts on the basis of requests 
                             made by Owners.
                             
                             The Company reserves the right, subject to 
                             compliance with applicable laws, to establish 
                             additional Separate Accounts, Guarantee Period 
                             Accounts and Sub-Accounts and to make them 
                             available to any class or series of contracts 
                             as the Company considers appropriate.  Each new 
                             Separate Account or Sub-Account will invest in 
                             a new investment company, or in shares of 
                             another open-end investment company, or such 
                             other investments as may be permitted under 
                             applicable law.  The Company also reserves the 
                             right to eliminate or combine existing 
                             Sub-Accounts and to transfer the assets of any 
                             Sub-Accounts to any other Sub-Accounts.  In the 
                             event of any substitution or change, the 
                             Company may, by appropriate notice, make such 
                             changes in this and other contracts as may be 
                             necessary or appropriate to reflect the 
                             substitution or change.  If the Company 
                             considers it to be in the best interests of 
                             contract Owners, the Variable Account or any 
                             Sub-Account may be operated as a management 
                             company under the Investment Company Act of 
                             1940 or in any other form permitted by law, or 
                             may be de-registered under that Act in the 
                             event registration is no longer required, or 
                             may be combined with other accounts of the 
                             Company.


                             18
<PAGE>

CHANGES IN LAW               The Company reserves the right to make any 
                             changes to provisions of the contract to comply 
                             with, or give Owners the benefit of, any 
                             federal or state statute, rule, or regulation.
                             
CHANGE OF NAME               Subject to compliance with applicable law, the 
                             Company reserves the right to change the names 
                             of the Variable Account or the Sub-Accounts.
                             
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS   The Variable Account is not currently subject 
                             to tax, but the Company reserves the right to 
                             assess a charge for taxes if the Variable 
                             Account becomes subject to tax.

SPLITTING OF UNITS           The Company reserves the right to split the 
                             value of a unit, either to increase or decrease 
                             the number of units.  Any splitting of units 
                             will have no material effect on the benefits, 
                             provisions or investment return of this 
                             contract or upon the Owner, the Annuitant, any 
                             Beneficiary, or the Company.
                             
INSULATION OF                The investment performance of Separate Account 
SEPARATE ACCOUNT             assets is  determined separately from the other 
                             assets of the Company.  The assets of a 
                             Separate Account equal to the reserves and 
                             liabilities of the contracts supported by the 
                             account will not be charged with liabilities 
                             from any other business that the Company may 
                             conduct.

                         19

<PAGE>














               Flexible Payment Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity
                   Annuity Benefits Payable on the Annuity Date
    Death Benefit Payable to Beneficiary if Owner Dies prior to Annuity Date
                                  Non-Participating

                                          20

<PAGE>

        ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

                   ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER

This Rider is part of the contract to which it is attached and is effective 
on the Date of Issue of the contract.

BENEFIT - The "Owner's Death Benefit" provision on page 12 of the contract is 
replaced by the following:

     I.  If an Owner dies before the Annuity Date and before the oldest 
         Owner's [90th] birthday, the death benefit will be the greater of:

    (a)  the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value 
         Adjustment;

    (b)  gross payments accumulated daily at the Death Benefit 
         Effective Annual Yield shown on the Specifications page, 
         starting on the Effective Valuation Date of each gross 
         payment, reduced proportionately to reflect withdrawals.  For 
         each withdrawal, the proportionate reduction is calculated as 
         the death benefit immediately prior to the withdrawal 
         multiplied by the withdrawal amount and divided by the 
         Accumulated Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; or

    (c)  The highest Accumulated Value on any prior contract 
         anniversary as determined after positive adjustments have been 
         made for any positive Market Value Adjustment and subsequent 
         payments and negative adjustments have been made for 
         subsequent withdrawals.

    II.  If an Owner dies before the Annuity Date but after the oldest Owner's
         [90th] birthday, the death benefit will be the greater of:

    (a)  the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value 
         Adjustment or 

    (b)  the death benefit, as calculated under Section I, that would 
         have been payable on the contract anniversary prior to the 
         oldest Owner's [90th] birthday, increased for subsequent 
         payments and reduced proportionately for subsequent 
         withdrawals.

CHARGE - The Company will assess a monthly rider charge which will be 
deducted Pro Rata on the last day of each month and on the date the Rider 
terminates.  The charge will be equal to the Accumulated Value on that date 
multiplied by 1/12th of the Enhanced Death Benefit Annual Percentage Rate 
shown on the Specifications Page.

TERMINATION - This Rider will terminate on the earliest of the following:
  - the Annuity Date;
  - payment of the death benefit;
  - surrender of the contract; or
  - receipt of the Owner's Written Request to terminate the Rider.

               Signed for the Company at Dover, Delaware


           /s/ Richard M. Reilly                    /s/ Abigail M. Armstrong
               ----------------------                   --------------------
               President                                Secretary



<PAGE>

[LOGO] PIONEER C-VISION                      ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE
       VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION                         AND ANNUITY COMPANY
                                        440 LINCOLN STREET, WORCESTER, MA 01653
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Please Print Clearly
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1    ANNUITANT

     Name (First, MI, Last)

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Street Address                           Apt.

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     City                                   State                 Zip

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Daytime Telephone      / / Male                   Date of Birth        

     (        )             / /  Female                  /       /          
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------

     Social Security # _____________________________________
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2   OWNER   COMPLETE THIS SECTION ONLY IF (CHECK ONE):
            / /  THE OWNER IS OTHER THAN THE ANNUITANT
            / /  THIS IS A JOINT OWNER WITH THE ANNUITANT

     Name (First, MI, Last)

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Street Address                           Apt.

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     City                                   State                 Zip

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Daytime Telephone       Date of Birth         Date of Trust

     (        )               /        /             /        /             
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------

     Social Security/Tax I.D. # _____________________________________
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3    JOINT ANNUITANT
     Name (First, MI, Last)

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     / / Male                   Date of Birth     
                                             
     / /  Female                  /       /       
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------

     Social Security # _____________________________________
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4    BENEFICIARY 

     THE SURVIVING OWNER IS PRIMARY BENEFICIARY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED 
     BELOW.

     Primary                                Relationship to Owner

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Contingent                             Relationship to Owner

     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5    OPTIONAL RIDER
     
     / / Enhanced Death Benefit
     
     / / ___________________________________________________________
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6   TYPE OF PLAN TO BE ISSUED
     
     / / Nonqualified                      / / 403(b) TSA*
     / / Nonqualified Deferred Comp.       / / Roth IRA
     / / 401(a) Pension/Profit Sharing*    / / IRA
     / / 401(k) Profit Sharing*            / / SEP-IRA*
     *ATTACH REQUIRED ADDITIONAL FORMS     / / 457 Deferred Comp.
     
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7   INITIAL PAYMENT
                     $ _________________________________  ($25,000 MINIMUM)
                     MAKE CHECK PAYABLE TO ALLMERICA FINANCIAL.

    If IRA, Roth IRA or SEP-IRA application, the applicant has received 
    Disclosure Buyer's Guide and this payment is a (check one):

    / / Rollover/Conversion    / / Trustee to Trustee Transfer
    / / Regular, Roth, or SEP-IRA Payment for Tax Year _____________
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8   ALLOCATION OF PAYMENTS 
          
    _________%    Emerging Markets
    _________%    International Growth 
    _________%    Capital Growth 
    _________%    Growth Shares
    _________%    Europe
    _________%    Real Estate Growth 
    _________%    Growth and Income
    _________%    Equity-Income 
    _________%    Balanced 
    _________%    Swiss Franc Bond 
    _________%    America Income 
    _________%    Money Market 
    _________%    Fixed Account  
    _________%    __________________________________
     
               Guarantee Period Accounts 
               ($1,000 minimum per Account)
    _____%  2 Year  _____%  5 Year  _____%  8 Year
    _____%  3 Year  _____%  6 Year  _____%  9 Year
    _____%  4 Year  _____%  7 Year  _____%  10 Year
     
     ALL ALLOCATIONS ABOVE MUST TOTAL 100%
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     
    / /  BUILD WITH INTEREST & GROWTH (BIG) PLAN  Allocate a portion of my 
         initial payment to the _____ year GPA such that, at the end of the 
         guarantee period, the GPA will have grown to an amount equal to the 
         total initial payment assuming no withdrawals or transfers of any 
         kind. The remaining balance will be applied as indicated above in 
         Section 8.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    / /  AUTOMATIC ACCOUNT REBALANCING (AAR)  I elect AAR among the above 
         accounts (excluding Fixed and Guarantee Period Accounts) starting on 
         the 16th day after issue date and continuing every:

            / / 1     / / 2    / / 3    / / 6    / / 12 months
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9   REPLACEMENT
     
    Will the proposed contract replace or change any existing annuity or 
    insurance policy?
    / / NO / / YES (If yes, list company name and policy number) 
    _________________________________________________________________

SML-1447P
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10  TELEPHONE TRANSFER
    
    I/We authorize and direct Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity 
    Company to accept telephone instructions from any person who can furnish 
    proper identification to effect transfers and future payment allocation 
    changes. I/We agree to hold harmless and indemnify Allmerica Financial 
    Life Insurance and Annuity Company and its affiliates and their 
    collective directors, officers, employees and agents against any claim 
    arising from such action.
     
    I/We DO NOT accept this telephone transfer privilege.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11  DOLLAR COST AVERAGING (NOT AVAILABLE WITH AUTOMATIC ACCOUNT REBALANCING)

    Please transfer $ ____________________________________ ($100 MINIMUM) 
               CHECK ONE SOURCE ACCOUNT:

    FROM:      / / Fixed Account    / / America Income    / / Money Market 

    EVERY:     / / 1     / / 2     / / 3     / / 6     / / 12 months 
          
    TO:  $ ______________  Emerging Markets
         $ ______________  Europe
         $ ______________  International Growth
         $ ______________  Capital Growth
         $ ______________  Growth Shares
         $ ______________  Real Estate Growth
         $ ______________  Growth and Income
         $ ______________  Equity-Income
         $ ______________  Balanced
         $ ______________  Swiss Franc Bond
         $ ______________  America Income
         $ ______________  Money Market
         $ ______________  _________________________________
          
    Dollar Cost Averaging begins on the 16th day after the issue date and 
    ends when the source account value is exhausted. DOLLAR COST AVERAGING 
    INTO THE FIXED OR GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS IS NOT AVAILABLE.
              
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12  SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS 

    Please withdraw $________________________ ($100 MINIMUM) 
    starting 16 days after issue, or ___/___/___, whichever is 
    later, and then

    EVERY:     / / 1     / / 2     / / 3     / / 6     / / 12 months 

     ____________%   From ________________________________________
     ____________%   From ________________________________________
     ____________%   From ________________________________________
     ____________%   From ________________________________________
     ____________%   From ________________________________________

     PLEASE       / / Do NOT Withhold Federal Income Taxes
                  / / Do Withhold at 10% or _____________ (% or $)

     Systematic withdrawals are not available from the Guarantee Period 
     Accounts.

     / / I wish to use Electronic Funds Transfer (Direct Deposit). I 
         authorize the Company to correct electronically any overpayments 
         or erroneous credits made to my account.

         ATTACH A VOIDED CHECK.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13  REMARKS _________________________________________________________________
    _________________________________________________________________________
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14  SIGNATURES
                                                                        
    I/We represent to the best of my/our knowledge and belief that the 
    statements made in this application are true and complete. I/We agree to 
    all terms and conditions as shown on the front and back. It is indicated 
    and agreed that the only statements which are to be construed as the 
    basis of the contract are those contained in this application. I/We 
    acknowledge receipt of a current prospectus describing the contract 
    applied for. I/WE UNDERSTAND THAT ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES BASED ON THE 
    VARIABLE ACCOUNTS MAY FLUCTUATE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR 
    AMOUNT; AND ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES BASED ON THE GUARANTEE PERIOD 
    ACCOUNTS ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT FORMULA, THE OPERATION 
    OF WHICH MAY RESULT IN EITHER AN UPWARD OR DOWNWARD ADJUSTMENT.


    ------------------------------------    -----------------------------------
    Signature of Owner                      Signed at (City and State)    Date


    ------------------------------------    
    Signature of Joint Owner
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15  REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVE/DEALER INFORMATION

    Does the contract applied for replace an existing annuity or life 
    insurance policy?  / / YES (ATTACH REPLACEMENT FORMS AS REQUIRED)  / / NO

    I certify that the information provided by the owner has been accurately 
    recorded; a current prospectus was delivered; no written sales materials 
    other than those approved by the Principal Office were used; and I have 
    reasonable grounds to believe the purchase of the contract applied for is 
    suitable for the owner.

                                               ________
                                              |        |      (   )
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Signature of Registered Representative    Comm. Code       Telephone


    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Printed Name of Registered Representative     Printed Name of Broker/Dealer

                                                              (   )
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Branch Office Street Address for Contract Delivery          Telephone


                                                                      0898-5575

<PAGE>



                                                     November 17, 1998
     
     
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester MA 01653


RE:  SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE 
     AND ANNUITY COMPANY
     FILE NO'S: 333-64831 AND 811-8848

Gentlemen:

In my capacity as Attorney of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity 
Company (the "Company"), I have participated in the preparation of the 
Pre-Effective Amendment to the  Registration Statement for Separate Account 
VA-P on Form N-4 under the Securities Act of 1933 and amendment under the 
Investment Company Act of 1940, with respect to the Company's qualified and 
non-qualified variable annuity contracts.

I am of the following opinion:

1.   Separate Account VA-P is a separate account of the Company validly existing
     pursuant to the Delaware Insurance Code and the regulations issued
     thereunder.

2.   The assets held in Separate Account VA-P are not chargeable with
     liabilities arising out of any other business the Company may conduct.

3.   The variable annuity contracts, when issued in accordance with
     the Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement and upon compliance
     with applicable local law, will be legal and binding obligations of the
     Company in accordance with their terms and when sold will be legally
     issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

In arriving at the foregoing opinion, I have made such examination of law and
examined such records and other documents as in my judgment are necessary or
appropriate.
     
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the 
Pre-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement for Separate Account 
VA-P on Form N-4 under the Securities Act of 1933 and amendment under the 
Investment Company Act of 1940.


                                             Very truly yours,

                                             /s/ Lynn Gelinas
          
                                             Lynn Gelinas
                                             Attorney
          

<PAGE>

                                          
                                          

                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
                                          

We hereby consent to the use in the Statement of Additional Information 
constituting part of this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration 
Statement of Separate Account VA-P of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and 
Annuity Company on Form N-4 of our report dated February 3, 1998, relating to 
the financial statements of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity 
Company, and our report dated March 25, 1998, relating to the financial 
statements of Separate Account VA-P -- Pioneer Vision of Allmerica Financial 
Life Insurance and Annuity Company, both of which appear in such Statement of 
Additional Information.  We also consent to the reference to us under the 
heading "Experts" in such Statement of Additional Information.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
December 4, 1998




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission